22 STS45eng 00

Bromma Group Manual
BGS
BGS Manual
Manual
BROMMA GROUP STANDARD MANUAL
Spreader type: STS45 Serial No: 16111- 22
Customer: ZPMC
Enduser: China Merchants Colombo CICT
0-1- Feb 03 Rev. 01 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
1. How to read this Manual

Introduction
Warnings
Safety Precautions
2. Description of the Bromma Group Spreader

Function
Modular system
Options and Accessories
3. Technical information
Data Sheet
Accessories included
Declaration of conformity (For Europe regional only)
General Assembly Drawing
4. Start-up procedures
5. Handling instructions
6. Maintenance
6.1 Periodic maintenance procedures
Lubrication instructions
Tightening torques
6.2 Hydraulic system

6.3 Electrical system and control system
6.4 Repair and adjustments (REP)
6.5 Fault finding (RAP)
7. Spare Parts
7.1 How to order spare parts
7.2 How to return parts
7.3 Spare parts list
7.4 Additional drawings för special components
8. Accessories
9. Service Notes, Feedback
10. Index
Bromma Conquip 0-2- Feb 03 Rev. 01

Bromma Group Manual
1. How to read this Manual

Introduction
Bromma Conquip has since 1967 been the leading
manufacturer of telescopic container handling spreaders. A large
number of BROMMA spreaders are in service today in ports and
terminals around the world.
A complete range of fixed length and telescopic spreaders are

available, and each one provides high handling efficiency, excellent
reliability, with ease of maintenance and repair.
Note!
This Manual
This manual may contain some infor- This Manual is specified for the spreader delivered and, thus, it is
mation about equipment that has not intended for the operators, service and supply staff.
been installed on your spreader. Chapters 1 thru 5 contain mainly operator information, chapter 6
Before purchasing any spare part, see contains maintenance information and chapter 7 contains spare
Chapter 3 Technical specifications. parts information.
This Chapter specifies all the Chapter 8 describes all the accessories included in this delivery.
equipment that is installed on your
spreader. Ensure also that the serial In Chapter 9 you will find a survey about your experience with
no. of the spreader and the manual is the product and your expectations. It is important for Bromma to
corresponding. receive your opinion in order to develop both the product and the
manual.
Symbols:
Important symbol denotes measures/information that it is
important to follow.
Triangle symbol denotes a situation that requires caution.
Prohibitory symbol denotes measures that you must not take.
Mandatory symbol denotes measures that you must take.

Examples:
Be careful. Hot surface.
Regulation. Remove the main plug.
1-1- April 05 rev. 01 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
Warnings
READ AND UNDERSTAND THE MANUAL BEFORE
THE SPREADER IS PUT INTO OPERATION.
The manual contains vital information for the safety of

personnel and the correct use of the spreader.
Bromma Group will not accept any liability for the use of the
spreader for any purposes outside what is described in the
manual.
DO NOT exeed the Safe Working Load (SWL) of the

spreader bar. The Safe Working Load is shown on the
nameplate that is permanently affixed to the side frame of the
spreader.
Safety precautions
The spreader shall be operated and serviced only by
authorized personnel.
The spreader must only be used for the purpose for which it is
designed.
The crane controls must be designed in such a way that no

signals from the crane can be active when the spreader is
about to be connected to the crane. Otherwise hazardous
situations may occur due to unintentional movements.
DO NOT change system settings and functions.
Perform a functional test after any maintenance or repair work.
Stay clear of the spreader when in operation.
Stay clear of all moving parts, such as guide arms (flippers),

moving beams, telescopic chains, etc. A safe distance is 5 meters.
DO NOT connect or disconnect electrical connectors while

the power is on.
DO NOT tamper with hydraulic pressure settings once

adjusted by qualified personnel. See chapter 6.2 Hydraulic
system for proper pressure adjustment.
Bromma Conquip 1-2- April 05 rev. 01

Bromma Group Manual
DO NOT unlock the spreader while a container is suspended in

the air. It could cause personnel injury or property damage.
Maintain adjustment of all electrical and hydraulic components.
Inspect the spreader for damage daily.
Care must be taken when performing any maintenance inside the

spreader frame. It must be carried out under extreme caution and
by personnel familiar with risks related to spreader function and
movements.
Serious injury by crushing can occur.
Contact Bromma Conquip AB before doing any repair work on

the spreader apart from replacing normal wear parts.
DO NOT walk or stand beneath the spreader bar during opera-

tion.
DO NOT attempt to lift a container that is not level (+/- 5°).
DO NOT crawl beneath a spreader bar for maintenance, repair

or adjustment. Never put any body extremity beneath the
spreader bar.
NEVER STAND BENEATH A SUSPENDED LOAD.
DO NOT attempt to restrain the movement of a container,

whether laden or empty, by hand or by tagline.
DO NOT stand between a container and any construction that

many prevent your movement to safety. A definite hazard exists
that could cause serious injury or death by being crushed between
the container and an obstruction (such as a building or another
container).
RISK OF CRUSHING. The STS 45 spreader has a risk of

crushing between the movable twin units. (Separating twinlift
spreaders only)
RISK OF INSTABILITY. The STS45 spreader has the ability

to move the center of gravity point of the 20’ containers outwards
possibly causing instability. This can create instability and extra
load on the crane ropes and should be thoroughly checked prior
to operation. This situation is particularly severe when lifting
loaded and empty containers at the same time. Due to the risk of
1-3- April 05 rev. 01 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
instability the crane must be equipped with load cells .

(Separating twinlift spreaders only)
Be sure power is maintained to the lock or unlock solenoid

when the spreader is in use.
IF THE SPREADER IS NOT USED AND/OR

MAINTAINED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH
THESE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS, BROMMA CANNOT GUARANTEE
THE SAFETY OR RELIABILITY OF THIS EQUIPMENT.
Bromma Conquip 1-4- April 05 rev. 01

Bromma Manual
2 Description of the Bromma Spreader

STS45
2.1 Function
General
The spreader consists of a center main frame and two pairs of
telescopic beams. The outer end of the telescopic beams are
connected together by endbeams. The length of the spreader can be
adjusted to fit different size containers. The ends of the telescopic
beam units are equipped with flipper arms, used to position the
spreader onto the container. The twistlock system, that locks the
spreader to the container, is fitted in the corners of the endbeams.
The telescopic drive system, flipper arms and twistlocks are
hydraulically operated. The hydraulic power pack and the electrical
cabinet are mounted on the main frame.
Bromma Adjustable Twinlift Spreader STS45 can move two twenty
foot containers from a spacing of 0-1.6 m (0,0-5,2 ft) under full load
while they are suspended under the twistlocks. The movement is
performed by sturdy cylinders connected to the tension rods and to
the twinlift units, well protected inside the spreader main frame. The
movement can be done at anytime in the crane cycle which means
there is no stopping time to change the container spacing. The
movement is mechanically controlled to be symmetrical.
The STS45 is designed for daily use in the demanding environment
that surrounds a port.
1 Bromma Conquip 2012-10 Rev. 02

Bromma Manual
The center main frame is fitted with four retractable floating twistlock
housings for handling two twenty foot containers simultaneously.
Sufficient clearance is provided beneath the spreader structure to
clear hatch covers and stacking frame obstructions.
The containers can be moved as follows:
• both in (towards one another) synchronised
• both out (apart from one another) synchronised
Flipper arms
Power pack
Twinlift units
Tension rod
Main frame
Electric cabinet
TBU (Telescopic
Beam Unit)
Twistlocks
Tie assembly
Twistlocks
Twin cylinder
2012-10 Rev. 02 Bromma Conquip 2

Bromma Manual
Structure
Made of high quality steel, the standard STS45 spreaders provide
high lifting capacity with a low nominal tare weight thanks to the box
design of the telescoping beams and main frame. The spreader is
designed in accordance with DIN 15018 H2B4. It is calculated for a
maximum hoisting speed of 60 m/min.
Repair and maintenance is simplified through easy access to each
component. All equipment is designed for high reliability and durability
under rugged marine environments. All components are designed so
that they may be easily assembled, adjusted, removed and are
accessible for inspection and maintenance.
Hydraulic system
The complete hydraulic unit consists of tank (150 l), pump, electrical
motor, valves and filter, altogether in one sturdy frame with protection
covers mounted on heavy-duty rubber shock absorbers on the main
frame.
The piston pump is driven by a foot and flange mounted 3 phase
cage induction electric motor, corresponding to all the major world-
wide standards. It gives 7,5 kW at 50 Hz and 9 kW at 60 Hz and the
protection grade IP 55 is suitable for most climates.
The hydraulic fluid is filtered through an externally mounted 10 micron
absolute rated pressure filter and an internal tank mounted 10 micron
absolute rated return line filter. The hydraulic oil meets the require-
ments of ISO code 17/15/13 cleanliness classification.
Pump/motor
unit Protection
Cover
Oil tank
Frame
Pressure filter
Rubber shock
absorbers

Bromma Manual
An (optional) test adapter is built into the system and allows the
pressure, flow and temperature to be measured during operation.
System pressure is normally 100/160 bar. (The hydraulic components
used, are designed to work at over 210 bar).
Electrically operated directional control valves are used to control
the telescopic drive system and the twistlocks. The directional
solenoid valves can be manually operated in case of signal failure.
The telescoping drive system has a built-in over-center valve that
holds the slide beams in place during operation. To avoid mechanical
damage, the over-center valve has a built-in shock relief valve, set
at 70 bar.
The STS45 has two different pressures.
Directional control Dual pressure system

valve
The hydraulic system in large is a constant pressure system. The
pump has a torque limit adjuster to avoid overloading of the electrical
motor. To reduce noise and building of heat, the pump has two
pressure stages. The lower, 100 bar is for all normal operation. The
higher, 160 bar is for twin telescoping only.
The high pressure is set by the pressure regulator on the pump itself.
The low pressure is set by an external pressure relief valve which is
Pressure relief valve connected in parallel with the pump regulator via a directional control
for low pressure valve. By activating the directional control valve the flow path to the
external pressure relief valve is cut and the pressure is instead given
by the pump regulator.
Complete hydraulic diagram in section 6.2.
Telescopic system
The BROMMA shock absorber system is designed to provide the
correct amount of impact loading absorption and protection of the
spreader structural and mechanical components and still maintain
the operating position under normal container handling operations.
Hoses and cables are well protected inside the cable chains and
tension rods.
A digital encoder or positioning system with sensors (see data sheet
chapter 3) controls the length of the spreader. Both positioning sys-
tems make it possible to position the twistlocks of the spreader
within ± 5 mm of the nominal spacing.

Bromma Manual
Twistlock System
Hydraulic cylinder Four twistlocks are located in the corners of the spreader to engage
Sensors for
locked/unlocked
and lift the container. A hydraulic cylinder rotates the twistlock and
two sensors indicate the position of the twistlock, Locked or Unlocked.
Sensor
bracket A landing pin safety system is provided to assure that the spreader
is properly landed on the container before rotating the twistlocks.
A spring loaded landing pin near each twistlock is pushed up into
the twistlock housing when the spreader is landed on the container.
When the spreader is properly landed on the container, the landing
pin will activate a sensor. Only when all the corners of the spreader
Sensor for are landed, can the twistlocks be turned. At the same time, the
landing pin
blocking key is moved high enough so the blocking stop on the
Landing pin twistlock lever arm passes underneath it. If the spreader is not
Twistlock
properly landed the proximity sensor will not be activated and the
blocking key will get in the way of the blocking stop. This will stop
the twistlocks from turning.
The twistlocks in the twinlift boxes are designed the same way as
the endbeam twistlocks. The only difference is the design of the
sensor bracket.
As an option, the twistlock system has a built-in stress and noise
reductive absorber, the INRS (Impact Noise Reduction System ).
Flipper arms
Flipper arm The spreader is equipped with hydraulically operated flipper arms
located in each corner of the spreader to guide the spreader onto
Solenoid valve
the container.
The flipper arms are controlled by solenoid valves that can be
manually operated in an emergency.
For protection, each flipper arm circuit has a shock relief valve, which
opens at a pre-set pressure of 40 or 100 bar above the normal
working pressure. As soon as the shock load is removed the flipper
returns to the vertical position.
Shock relief
valve
The Adjustable Twinlift System

The adjustable twinlift system (see Figure ) consist of the:
• Tie assembly
• Telescopic drive system
• Twinlift units

Bromma Manual
Welded rails
Twinlift units
Twinlift units
Telescopic
drive system
Tie assembly
Main Twinlift unit

cylinder
The spreader consists of four twinlift units. The units are in their lower
Bearing part attached to the ties. The twinlift unit slides along welded rails on
beam the spreader main frame.
Ties
Tie assembly
The tie assembly (see Figure ) consists of the:
• two ties
Main
cylinder • two main cylinders
• three bearing beams
Bearing The short end of the tie is connected to the cylinder. The bearing
beam
beams supports the tie assembly, tension rods and main cylinders.
The mid part ends of the ties are connected to the twinlift units.
When running the cylinders in or out the movement is transferred
to the twinlift units.

Bromma Manual
Latch
Telescopic drive system
Latch cylinder The telescopic drive system (see Figure ) consists of the:
• two tension rods
• two latches
Tension rod
• two latch cylinders
Twin telescopic mode
The STS45 is equipped with two telescopic systems. One Twin
Latch telescopic mode and one Single telescopic mode.
Latch cylinder
Twin box up: Single-telescopic mode
Twin box down: Twin-telescopic mode

Tension rod
Single telescopic mode
Main cylinder
Tension rod
Regular chain
Tie
Latch Latch cylinder

Latch
Latch cylinder
Tie
Tension rod
Main cylinder

Bromma Manual
Twin-telescopic mode
In Twin-telescopic mode (see Figure). All twin-telescopic movements
are handled by the main cylinders and the ties, as well as the regular
chain telescopic system.
Single-telescopic mode
The regular chain telescopic system is connected in Single telescopic
mode (see Figure ). The latch is disconnected from the tie. All single-
telescopic movements are handled by the regular chain telescopic
system.
Movable twinlift units

Twintlift
units Apart from a twinlift spreader, such as the STR and YTR models,
with standard functions for telescoping, twistlock, flipper, twinboxes
and twin twistlock the STS45 have movable twinlift units. The movable
twinlift units which are held in pairs by the tie are connected to one
Cylinder tension rod each by means of a latch operated by a hydraulic cylinder.
The up/down movement of the twinbox is controlled by a cylinder in
each twinlift unit.
The twin telescoping between 40 and 45 foot is now driven by two
cylinders. One for each side driving both the telescopic beams and
the movable twinlift units. So in twin mode, the 20 foot distance
between the twistlocks in the endbeams and in the twinlift units, for
Twin box each side, is fixed as both the tie and the telescopic beam are con-
nected to the same tension rod.
Cylinder drive
The two cylinders have one main directional control. Synchronising
between the sides is achieved by using a flow divider. By operating
the directional control valves for the telescoping cylinder the oil from
the pump is equally distributed to the cylinders. The chain telescopic
motor is driven in the same direction as the cylinders.
STS45
Power pack
Directional valves
for main cylinders

Bromma Manual
Latch
A directional control valve placed at the end of each of the two tension
rods operates the latch cylinders. The valve block has two built in
pilot operated check valves for securing the present position of the
latch
Latch
cylinder
Latch
Separate twinlift boxes with a vertical movement that enables handling

of non aligned containers (see figure). In single lift the parking position
for the twinboxes has both a vertical and a horizontal clearance.
A hydraulic damper combined with the cylinder for raising and
lowering twin units allows fast vertical motion and a down force.
Standard twinlift INRS twinlift
C 110mm 180mm
D 60mm 80mm
E 130mm 130mm
Note!
Z max 15mm when containers lifted.
Sensors
Twin up indicates the parking position when it is safe to lift in single
mode.
If twin down signal is needed, it is the inverse of twin up.

Bromma Manual
Electrical system
Junction box The main electrical cabinet is mounted on heavy duty rubber shock
absorbers and is well protected being placed on, or within the main-
Electrical
frame. The actual position depends on headblock design. Junction
cabinet
boxes are also placed on the endbeams.
The directional valves for the telescoping, twistlock and flipper sys-
tems are electrically controlled.
Signal lamps The electrical components are mounted in a stainless steel cabinet,
IP 67. All cables are well protected in cable chains.
Junction box The power required to operate the spreader’s electrical components
is obtained from the crane. All electrical components on the
spreader are designed to withstand loads imposed during container
handling operations and suitable for a marine environment.
The spreader can optionally be equipped with CANopen slave units.
This enhances the possibility of monitoring each I/O point and reduces
the number of cables needed and the replacement time for connecting
sensors and actuators to the controls.
For reliability reasons Bromma recommends the use of 24 V DC on
Junction box all controls.
(CANopen
distributor)
The electrical safety features to protect and ensure proper handling
of containers are as follows:
• Spreader cannot be hoisted unless all four twistlocks are fully
”Locked” or ”Unlocked”. (Provided the crane controls have a
hoist permit safety circuit.)
• Spreader twistlocks can only be ”Locked” or ”Unlocked” when
all four corners are properly seated on a container.
• In twinlift mode the same goes for all eight twistlocks.
Signal lamps can be provided to indicate landed / locked / unlocked

/ twinlift units down. These can be positioned centrally or at each
end of the main frame.
Complete electric wiring diagram in section 6.3.

Bromma Manual
Modular system
The Bromma Group Spreader is available in several different models.
Every model can be equipped with a number of variable accessories.
The specific model and accessories included in this delivery is stated
on Datasheet Chapter 3 Technical Information. All spreader models
are also available in all electric design. These models have an
additional "E" in the model name to indicate the all electric design.
Rail Mounted Gantry Spreaders (Yard Crane Spreaders)
Rail Mouted Gantry spreaders (Y) are equipped with fixed guide arms
and are available in both 40 ft. (YSX40) and 45 ft. (YSX45) variants.
YSX40
YSX45
The twinlift model also exists in both 40 ft. (YTR40) and 45 ft. (YTR45)
lengths.
YTR40
YTR45
The 45 ft. twinlift spreader can also be delivered with separating inner
attachments. (YTS45)
YTS45 Separating
inner
attachments
Ship to Shore Spreaders

The Ship to Shore spreaders (S) are equipped with flipper arms and
are also available in both 40 ft. (SSX40) and 45 ft. (SSX45) variants.
SSX40
SSX45
The twinlift models also exists in both 40 ft. (STR40) and 45 ft.
(STR45) lengths.
STR40
STR45

Bromma Manual
The 45 ft. twinlift spreader can also be delivered with separating inner
attachments. (STS45)
Separating
STS45
inner
attachments

Bromma Manual
Options
The Bromma spreaders can be equipped with a number of variable
options. The specific model and options included are stated on
Datasheet Chapter 3 Technical Information.
Control System
The spreader can be delivered with the BROMMA SCS3 control
system or with a Relay based system.
Twistlock
There are three different twistlock types available.
• Twistlock assembly floating ISO STD Delivered as stand-
ard
• Twistlock assembly floating INRS
• Twistlock assembly floating ISO Split collar
Gearbox
The flipper gearbox can be a rotating cylinder (actuator) or a tradition-
al gearbox with a hydraulic motor.
Actuator Gearbox

Bromma Manual
Flipper Arms
The Flipper arms can be solid or made of spring steel. The flipper
arms can have different attachments depending on if they are at-
tached to a gear box or to an actuator, with flat shaft or round shaft.
Variants for INRS (Impact and Noise Reduction System) are also
available.
Power Pack
The Power Pack can be located in 3 different positions.
Accessories
Besides options mentioned above, the spreader can be equipped with
several accessories. The accessories for this delivery are listed in
section 3.2 and described in chapter 8.
Indicator Lamps
The indicator lamps are built on LED technology.
Load Sensing Twistlocks

The load sensing system consists of twistlock pins with one load cell
for each individual pin. The system shows total load under the
spreader, load under each twistlock and eccentrisity of the load.

Bromma Manual
HIS (Height Indication System)

The system is based on ultrasonic sensors and is generally used for
indication to the crane driver that the spreader is approaching a
container, or slowing the hoist down as the spreader descends upon
a container.
TTDS (Twin Twenty Detection System)

The TTDS is designed to sense the existence of two twenty foot
containers in a forty foot ship’s cell by detecting the gap between the
two containers or the sagging of the two containers.

Bromma Manual
Bromma Conquip
Bromma Group Manual
3. Technical Information
3.1 Data sheet
Spreader type STS 45
Serial No: 16111-16
General Assy No: BR1102527
Container Range 20', 40' & 45'
Dimensions
Weight 12.2 tonnes
Max height transport position 1987 mm
Width 2440 mm
Length when telescoped to minimum 6064 mm
Capacity
Lifting capacity (evenly distributed load) SWL 50 tonnes
Lifting capacity (10% gravity point adjustment) 50 tonnes
Lifting capacity twinlift 2x
32.5 tonnes
Lifting capacity (lifting lugs main beam) 16.25 tonnes
Lifting capacity (lifting lugs end beam) 12.75 tonnes
Other - - tonnes
Operating Movements
Telescoping 20’ to45 ’ or45 ’ to 20’ in max. 30 sec.
Twistlock rotation locking or unlocking 90 in 1.5 sec.
o
Flipper operation 180o in 5-7 sec.

Electrical Equipment Electrical wiring
Operating voltage 380 VAC diagram No:
Supply frequency 50 Hz BR1700274
Control voltage 220 VAC VDC

Valve voltage 24 VAC VDC
Motor output 7.5 kW
Electrical protection , motor IP 65
Control System (See Chapt. 6.3 Electric system) SCS2 PLC Relay ● Other SCS3
Hydraulic Equipment
Working pressure of pump 160 bar Hydraulic assy No:
Pump capacity 56 l / min BR1102534
Shock valve setting, flipper 200 bar Hydraulic diagram No:
Shock valve setting, telescopic action 110 bar BR1102535
Tank capacity 150 l Powerpack No:
Hydraulic oil type ISO VG 68 BR1102536
Oil in telescopic gearbox 4.5 l
Telescopic gearbox oil type Mobile Gear 360
3-1- Jan 06 Rev. 03 Bromma Conquip
Bromma Group Manual
Corrosion Protection
Standard Other
Blast cleaning to SA 2 ½ - ISO 8501:1
Interzinc 72 50 µm µm
Intercure 420 70 µm µm
Interfine 629 HS 40 µm µm
Min. coating thickness, total 200 µm µm
Color code BS 356
Additional Specifications
Ambient temperature range -16 to +40 C Atmospheric humidity range 90%
o
Minimum telescoped position 20 foot 19.6 foot
Guide Arm type:

Flipper arm type: 1041237
Special designed flippers. See dwg art. no in Chapt. 7.4
Flipper motor type: Char Lynn 500
Char Lynn 400
Bromma 470 cc
Twistlocks Actuator
Floating ISO std.
Split Collar ISO
Other. See drawing in Chapter 7.4 Additional drawings.
INRS
Lamp assy dwg No: art. No Included in Chapter 7.3
See separate list.
Lamp assy 2 dwg No: art. No Included in Chapter 7.3
See separate list.
Positioning system:
Position sensors
Digital encoder
Additional documents:
Remarks:
Bromma Conquip 3-2- Jan 06 Rev. 03

Bromma Group Manual
3.2 Accessories included

The list below shows all the available accessories. The ones
marked are included in this delivery and described in chapter 8.
Article Remark Art. No
Breaher bag (Pronal bag) In hydraulic oil tank
Corner rollers Not with INRS 47482
Guide Arm up / down indicator
Hand Pump 46560
✔ Hand Pump connection GE/TWIN 48195
High temp. Indicator /shut off In hydraulic oil tank 76920
✔ HIS (Height Indication System)
Hooks with spring loaded lock
✔ Hour Counter
Indicator lamps See Chapter 7 Main Frame
Landing pin bypass
Low level indicator / shut off In hydraulic oil tank 76920
Low pressure Indicator / shut off 700176
✔ Motor heater In electrical motor 71377 +73715
Service Panel (Control Panel) Pulpit on wheel, no PLC
Service Panel (Control Panel) Pulpit on wheel, with PLC
Service Panel (Hand unit)
✔ Space heater (In electrical cab.) 73556
✔ TTDS Twin Twenty detection system
✔ Twistlock Counter
Twistlock Split Collar Replaces std. Twistlocks 61693, 23747
Additional
accessories:
3.3 Design Calculations

The spreader structure is designed according to and to the following loading group and
hoisting class which represents a container handling crane.
Lifting Cases: The following lifting cases are considered:

1. Most frequent lifting case The impact and duty factors have been chosen
A symmetrically loaded container of 50 tonne. according to recommendations of:
The permissible stress is determined by analysis
of direct loading and fatigue conditions. The following load combinations have been
Depending on intensity of use the structure is considered:
suitable for: 2 x 106 lifting cycles. LOAD CASE 1
2. Exceptional lifting cases LOAD LOAD COMBINATIONS
Permissible stresses is determined by analysis of Container Crane in use Fatigue check
direct loading only. in use without wind with in
Container weight (ton) 41 41 41
a) A container of 50 tonne weight but loaded Load eccentricity 41
unsymmetrically by 10 % in the longitudinal longitudinally (m) 0 1,22 m 0
direction. LOAD CASE 2 A transversely (m) 0 0,2 m 0
b) A container of 50 tonne weight but loaded Wind speed (m/s) 0 20 0
Pitch angle (°) 5 5 5
unsymmetrically by 10 % Roll angle (°) 0 5 0
in both the longitudinal and lateral direction. State of loading - - Q2
LOAD CASE 2 B Class of utilisation - - U7
Group classification - - A7
● 3. Twinlift position
Mechanical class - - M7
Symmetrically load from two 20´ containers of
32.5 tonne each.
3-3- Jan 06 Rev. 03 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
3.4 Declaration of conformity
CD
For digital manual:
The declaration of conformity is signed with a digital Serial No.
Spreader type
signature and delivered as a separate file on the cd.

Language
Manual Spreader Manual
For printed manual: 2

SCS Manual
When printing hard copies of the manual, replace this page (If valid)
with a printed copy of the Declaration of conformity file. Drawings, spareparts etc.
(If not enclosed in Spreader
Manual).
Documents Declaration of conformity

(If valid)
Load test certificates

(If valid)
Twistlock certificates
Manuels électroniques : (If valid)
La déclaration de conformité est signée numériquement et

figure sur le CD sous la forme d'un fichier séparé.
Manuels imprimés :
Lorsque vous imprimez le présent manuel, remplacez cette
page par une copie papier du fichier de Déclaration de
conformité.
Para manual digital:

La Declaración de conformidad se firma con una firma digital y
se entrega en un archivo separado dentro del cd.
Para manual impreso:
Al imprimir este manual, sustituir esta página por una copia
impresa de la Declaración de conformidad.
Für digitale Handbücher:

Die Konformitätserklärung wird mit einer digitalen Unterschrift
versehen und ist als separate Datei auf der CD zu finden.
Für ausgedruckte Handbücher:
Wenn Sie das Handbuch ausdrucken, ersetzen Sie diese Seite
mit der gedruckten Datei der Konformitätserklärung.
3-4- Jan 06 Rev. 03 Bromma

Conquip
Bromma Group Manual
3.4 Declaration of conformity
CD
For digital manual:
The declaration of conformity is signed with a digital Serial No.
Spreader type
signature and delivered as a separate file on the cd.

Language
Manual Spreader Manual
For printed manual: 2

SCS Manual
When printing hard copies of the manual, replace this page (If valid)
with a printed copy of the Declaration of conformity file. Drawings, spareparts etc.
(If not enclosed in Spreader
Manual).
Documents Declaration of conformity

(If valid)
Load test certificates

(If valid)
Twistlock certificates
Manuels électroniques : (If valid)
La déclaration de conformité est signée numériquement et

figure sur le CD sous la forme d'un fichier séparé.
Manuels imprimés :
Lorsque vous imprimez le présent manuel, remplacez cette
page par une copie papier du fichier de Déclaration de
conformité.
Para manual digital:

La Declaración de conformidad se firma con una firma digital y
se entrega en un archivo separado dentro del cd.
Para manual impreso:
Al imprimir este manual, sustituir esta página por una copia
impresa de la Declaración de conformidad.
Für digitale Handbücher:

Die Konformitätserklärung wird mit einer digitalen Unterschrift
versehen und ist als separate Datei auf der CD zu finden.
Für ausgedruckte Handbücher:
Wenn Sie das Handbuch ausdrucken, ersetzen Sie diese Seite
mit der gedruckten Datei der Konformitätserklärung.
3-4- Jan 06 Rev. 03 Bromma

Conquip
Bromma Manual
Bromma Conquip
Bromma Group Manual
3.5 Software version list

The spreader is delivered with the following units incuding software.
Note! The units or the software may have been updated during the lifetime of the spreader. In these cases it
should be noted in Chapter 9, Service notes.
3.5.1 Control units:

Installed Hardware Part No. Serial No. Hardware Software program version
SCS2 37524 37524 BOOT 1.02
SYSTEM 1.85
Installed Hardware Part No. Serial No. Hardware Software program version
✔ SCS3 1008029 1008029 OS 1.9.1.1
DRE Diag CAB 1.19 Mimer 9.2.5D
3.5.2 Communication units (Gateways)

Installed Hardware Part No. Serial No. Hardware No. of units Software program version
2
✔ SCS Gateway 1000464
1000464 1.85
ASI CANopen Gateway 1006979
Gateway 2 (DS444/BCAN) 1.5.0.0
Modem (Dual sim gateway) 1020600
3.5.3 CANopen modules

Installed Hardware Part No. Serial No. Hardware No. of units Software program version
CTC CANtoCAN converter 1023365
✔ IFM module CANopen 1001762 101253137 7 * SW V1.2
✔ Crossfire MX1 and 3 1011724 Hw version- 2.0.0.0 (0) 1 * 1.4.0.0
Remote phase reverser 1010047 *
Frequency inverter 1013157 *
✔ CANopen I/O ’the plank’ 1011725 CAN open uChip (-1) 2 * V1.07 / V5.27
CAN booster 1012335 Hardw. ver. 1.1
For SCS3 spreaders, The software program versions can also be viewed by the SCS3
* See next page
3-4- Febr. 09 rev.00 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
Installed Hardware Part No. Serial No. Hardware unit No. Software program version
✔ SCS3 for SN: 16111 01509 1.93.2
✔ SCS3 for SN: 16112 01542 1.93.2
✔ SCS3 for SN: 16113 01520 1.93.2
✔ SCS3 for SN: 16114 01514 1.93.2
✔ SCS3 for SN: 16115 01546 1.93.2
✔ SCS3 for SN: 16116 01501 1.93.2
Bromma Conquip 0-2- Month. 03 rev.00

REV DESCRIPTION ECO-No. DATE BY
- - - - -
5460 3
69
B
535
320
245
270
25
370
4x HSM Lugs TTDS 208
1808
400
88,5
Socket on Spreader:
ODU 309
c/c 5200 2
86
1750
B 1535
HIS
c/c 950 1,5

SCS3 1750 830 Electrical Cabinet
4x Safety Lug
150 800
THIS DRAWING IS COPYRIGHT AND IS THE PROPERTY OF BROMMA CONQUIP AB. THE DESIGN AN OR CONSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN MAY NOT BE
A
62
4460
210
1687
1646
145
1046
472
COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE OWNER.
62
1908
101
5852 (20' ISO)
1980 2258
11984 (40' ISO)
2776 A 13509 (45' ISO) 106 2440
RAW MATERIAL ART.NR

A-A
RAW MATERIAL PROFILE DIMENSION AND TOLERANCE RAW MATERIAL TYPE
DATE MATERIAL SHEET WEIGHT TOLERANCE GENERAL
2012-06-18 ALT. 1/1 11753 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

SIGNED BY FORMAT STANDARD REV.
noorfha GENERAL ASSEMBLY A1 -

SPREADER STS 45 DRAWING NUMBER
S/N: 16111-22 ZPMC / CICT - SRI LANKA BR1102527

Page 1 of 1
Article No: BR1102527 GENERAL ASSEMBLY Date:
Drawing No: BR1102527 SPREADER STS 45 sign: zamansy 2012-06-18
Serial No: 16111-22 rev: -
Customer: ZPMC/CICT
Standard:
Item Quant Title Material / Article No. Dwg No. Item No. Remarks
1 1 SPREADER WITH DECORATION BR1102528 BR1102528
2 1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BR1102534 BR1102534 Hydraulic diagram BR1102535, Power pack BR1102536
3 1 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM BR1700274 BR1700274
Bromma Group Manual
4. Start-up procedures
1. Before connection to any container crane, place the main
frame of the spreader on trestles or similar devices in such a
way that the flipper arms can be lowered.
0.7m
2. Inspect the spreader for visible damage.
3. Check the hydraulic oil level. (sight glass on hydraulic tank).
4. With the connector from the crane disconnected, switch on the

power and confirm the high voltage power is wired to the
pins as indicated on the electrical schematic diagram.
Motor rotation 5. If a service panel (optional) is delivered with the spreader, or is

mark
available from previous shipments, connect it to the electrical
cabinet and continue with the items below. If no service panel is
available, all functions must be carried out from the crane
cabin. With the power off, connect the control supply to the
spreader by attaching the plug from the headblock to the
receptacle on the spreader.
6. Turn the power on in the crane cab, and jog the motor starter
observing the direction of motor rotation which should be
counterclockwise facing the shaft end of the electric motor.
The rotation is marked with an arrow on the motor housing. If
the motor shaft is rotating in the opposite direction, turn the
power off and swap two of the three motor lead wires in the
main electrical box on the spreader.
To change direction of rotation ,

swap two phases in electrical
cabinet
7. Test all functions of the spreader using the switches on the

crane cab panel.(Service panel).
(a) Operate the appropriate switch to move the spreader to
the different length positions.
Lubricate slide rails and twistlock assemblies.
(b) Check that the flippers work by using the switches on
4-1- Oct. 02 rev.00 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
the crane cab panel.(Service panel) M6 screw
8. To run the twistlock test, all four landing pins on a single

container spreader or all eight landing pins in twin mode
must be forced to the upper position. Otherwise they will
block the twistlock rotation both mehcanically and
electrically. On twin lift twistlocks, insert a screwdriver
through the hole at the front and push down on the
handle. The landing pin should move up. Place a M6
screw under the blocking key to hold the landing pin.
Use a claw wrench (pry bar) to raise the outer twistlock

landing pins on the end beams.
Place the claw wrench under the blocking piece and Cylinder
pull it upwards. With the free hand place the head of a
M10 screw under the blocking key. Remove the claw
wrench (pry bar).
When the twistlock testing procedure is completed, do

not forget to remove the M6 and M10 screws from the
twistlock housings.
Claw Blocking
9. Check that the pump operating pressure is set according wrench piece
to the hydraulic schematic. Attach the pressure gauge and
adjust the pump if necessary. (Also check the flow from
the pump at no load with a flow meter). Optional.
10. Check that the twistlock pressure is adjusted according

to the hydraulic schematic. (For reduced twistlock
pressure only).
11. Check hydraulic assembly to ensure there are no oil

leaks.
Head of M10
screw
12. Note that the solenoid valves operating flippers, center
twistlock housings, telescopic motor, and twistlocks can
be manually operated if required. This is achieved by
pushing the end of the solenoid with a small screwdriver.
As the power to the solenoid may be on, the electrical
plug connection must be disconnected first.
Bromma Conquip 4-2- Oct. 02 rev.00

Bromma Group Manual
13. Service and lubrication should be carried out according to

the description in Chapter 6.1, Lubrication instruction.
14. If the service panel has been used during the items above,
disconnect it and with power off, connect the control supply
to spreader by attaching the plug from the headblock to the
receptacle on the spreader.
Ensure that the motor rotation direction is still correct.
15. Make a note in Chapter 9 (Service Notes) about the results

of the start up procedure. If any problems were encountered
please note them and contact Bromma.

Bromma Group Manual
0-1-may 02 rev.00 Bromma Conquip
Bromma Group Manual
5. Handling instructions
5.1 Warnings
When placing a serviced spreader back into operation always
TEST test the spreader functions before lifting loaded containers.
(The twistlock function test can be carried out on an empty
container).
Do not carry out work with the spreader if the current wind
speed is more than 20 m/s (45mph)
When discharging cargo attached with cones always check

that no cones get caught on lifted containers. If that occurs
report immediately to the personnel on deck.
Moored ships taking in cargo can move fore and aft , when
the ship´s center of gravity point moves.
When returning to single lift operation ensure that the center

twistlock housings are in the upper position.*
DO NOT exceed the Safe Working Load (SWL) of the

spreader bar. The Safe Working Load is shown on the
nameplate that is permanently affixed to the side frame of the
spreader.
DO NOT walk or stand beneath the spreader bar during

operation.
DO NOT attempt to lift a container that is not level (+/- 5°).
NEVER STAND BENEATH A SUSPENDED LOAD.
DO NOT attempt to restrain the movement of a container,

whether laden or empty, by hand or by tagline.
DO NOT stand between a container and any construction that

many prevent your movement to safety. A definite hazard
exists that could cause serious injury or death by being crushed
between the container and an obstruction ( such as a building
or another container).
* only separarting twinlift spreaders

Bromma Group Manual
RISK OF CRUSHING. The STS45 has a risk of crushing

between the movable twin units. **
RISK OF INSTABILITY. The STS45 has the ability to move

the gravity point of the 20’ containers outwards possibly
causing instability. This can create instability and extra load on
the crane ropes and should be thoroughly checked prior to
operation. This situation is particularly severe when lifting
loaded and empty containers at the same time. Due to the risk
of instability the crane must be equipped with load cells.**
DO NOT use the spreader bar for a use that it was not
intended or designed for.
STAY CLEAR of the spreader when in operation.
DO NOT attempt to cycle the lock/unlock mechanism of the

twistlocks while a container is suspended from the spreader.
5.2 Crane Controls

Crane controls can be different depending on the crane
manufacturer and /or crane model. The main spreader
functions are:
- lock/unlock twistlocks
- flipper arms up /down
- Spreader to 20´, 40´ or 45´* position
The twin lift spreaders also have the following functions:
-Center twistlock housings up/down
- Expand/retract center twistlock housings**
5.3 Signal lamps ***

The spreaders can be equipped with signal lamps to indicate
functions such as:
-Spreader landed on container (landing pins up) -Clear
-Twistlocks open -Green
-Twistlocks closed -Red
(Other colours can be used as an option) The left side signal
lamps indicate functions for the two left side twistlocks and the
right side lamps for the two right side twistlocks. In twin lift
spreaders, when using the twin lift function, the left side signal
lamps are valid for the left side container and the right side
lamps are for the right side container.
As an option the signal lamps can be placed in the crane cabin.
* only 45 foot spreaders

**only separating twin lift spreaders
*** option in yard crane spreaders

Bromma Group Manual
Black
Water side
White
5.3 Flipper Arms
Green The flipper arms can be operated up or down all together. They
Red
can also be operated in pairs as land side/ water side (std) or left
side/right side (optional) .This gives a lot of possibilities in different
lifting situations.
The flipper arms can also be colour coded (optional) to make the
Land side radio communication with personnel on deck easier.
5.4 Hints
Adjust the crane so that one (left or right) side is a bit lower. This
gives the possibility to land one end of the container and
then correct the angle of the container before landing the other
end.
Stabilize swinging cargo by careful leaning against fixed containers

on deck. Demands special caution.
Use the shadow of the container to estimate remaining height to

deck or ground. (Only applicable in sunshine or in electric light).

Bromma Group Manual
Bromma Group Manual
6. Maintenance
To ensure safe and reliable spreader operation it is important to
perform regular maintenance procedures.
Warnings
If spreader is not used and/or maintained in strict accordance with
these operating and maintenance instructions, Bromma cannot
guarantee the safety or reliability of this equipment.
DO NOT crawl beneath a spreader bar for maintenance, repair

or adjustment. Never put any body extremity beneath the
spreader bar.
Warning for crushing injuries
RISK OF CRUSHING. The STS45 has a risk of crushing

between the movable twin units.
MAINTAIN adjustment for all components.
KEEP CLEAR of all moving parts such as linkage and aligning

arms.
DO NOT connect or disconnect electrical connectors while

power is on.
DO NOT tamper with hydraulic pressure settings once adjusted

by qualified personnel. See hydraulic schematic and this manual
for proper pressure adjustments.
MAINTAIN all electrical and hydraulic components for proper

adjustments.
6.1-1- Sept. 07 rev.02 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
6.1 Periodic maintenance procedures

The service intervals specified are for normal operation where
moderate temperature, humidity and atmospheric conditions
prevail. In areas of extreme conditions, the service periods and
lubrication specifications should be altered to meet existing
conditions.
HAZARD! Always disconnect the power supply before work is

carried out !
M8 Screw
After 300 hours or monthly (which occurs first)
This check can be made while the spreader is connected to the Nut
crane.
1. Inspect the spreader for visible damage.
2. Twistlock: Check the nut and the floating mechanism and

ensure that all parts are properly tightened down. Check
that the twistlock pin can be moved easily and that it
indicates the correct position. Twistlock pin
3. Check that all hydraulic tank mountings are tight.
4. Check the hydraulic oil level. (sight glass on hydraulic Floating

distance
tank).
1-2 mm
5. Retighten all screws according to Tightening torques
in Chapter 6.1.3 (Only the first 300 h service).
After 1000 hours or 3 months (which occurs first)
1. Perform the service points as in section above.
2. If adjustment of twistlock is needed:

2.1 Remove the M8 screw from the top of the twistlock.
2.2 To lower the twistlock, loosen the twistlock nut
slightly. To raise the twistlock, tighten the nut.
The distance between the top of twistlock head and
the bottom of guide block 1 -2 mm
2.3 Recheck the float of the twistlock.
2.4 Reinstall the M8 screw.
3. Lubricate and check the various points as per the

lubrication instructions Chapter 6.1.2
4. Check the filter indicator. If the red alarm flag is visible,

change filter inserts.
Bromma Conquip 6.1-2- Sept. 07 rev.02
Bromma Group Manual
5. Inspect all hoses, hose clips and hose connections.

Defective hydraulic hoses and connections may cause
personal injury if jets of liquid escape under high pressure.
6. Check that all electric connections, sensors, cabeling

and other electrical equipment are undamaged and
properly tightened.
7. Check the electric cabinet sealings and conduit entries

for damage. Check if there is any signs of damp or
moisture inside the cabinet.
8. Check that all glide plates are fixed in their positions.

After 2000 hours or 6 months (which occurs first)
1. Perform the service points as in sections above.
2. Re-tighten all screws on the ties, bearing beams and

roller attachments.
3. Check that the hydraulic pump pressure is correct.
4. Check all sensors. Clean and retighten.
After 4000 hours or annually (which occurs first)

1. Perform the service points as in sections above.
2. Renew oil filter inserts and air breather.
3. Dismantle all twistlocks.

3.1. Inspect all parts. Look for any damage which could
Twistlock nut necessitate their replacement.
3.2 Check that there are no cracks (or other faults) in the
Spherical washer threads of the twistlock pins or heads. Use penetrating
fluid to detect fissures.
3.3 Replace the twistlock pins and nuts if cracks are detected.
3.4 Clean and lubricate all parts.
3.5 Reassemble the twistlocks.
4. Check the telescopic chain. Tighten if it can be moved

Twistlock pin
more than ± 25 mm in the vertical direction.
5. Check that the two bottom rails are not deformed.
After 8000 hours or every second year (which occurs first)

1. Perform the service points in sections above.
2. The twistlock pins and the spherical washers shall be replaced.
3. Renew hydraulic oil.

Bromma Group Manual
6.1.1 Maintenance actions

This summary table lists maintenance actions to be taken after
certain operating time intervals.
Maintenance actions: Intervals
300 hours 1000 hours 2000 hours 4000 hours 8000 hours
(monthly) (Every 3 months) (Every 6 months) Annually (Every second year)
General
Inspect for visible damage X X X X X
Lubrication*: X X X X
Twistlocks
Tighten, check function X X
Dismantle, inspect, perform crack detection X
Replace pins and spherical washers X
Hydraulic system:
Check for leakage. Check oil level X X X X
Check filter indicator X X
Check hoses and hose connections X X X X
Renew filter inserts and air breather X X
Renew hydraulic oil X
Electric system:
Check cabinet sealings X X X X
Check all connections X X X X
Glide plates
Check X** X**
Telescoping system
Check chain tension X
Check chain elongation X
Check and clean position sensors X X X X
Ties, bearing beams, roller attachment

Tighten X X X
Bottom rails ( 2 pcs ):

Inspect for deformation X X
* Acc. to instructions. See also Lubricants, general recommendations.

** Minimum thickness 17mm
To be able to follow up the history of this spreader it is of great importance to make notes of
all service and replacement of spare parts. This can be done in Chapter 9. Service Notes.

Bromma Group Manual
6.1.2 Lubrication Instructions
Following the designated lubrication procedures is important for

insuring maximum equipment life.The procedures and lubrication
chart in this section include information on the types of lubricants
used, the location of the lubrication points, lubrication and
methods of application.
Lubricants General Recommendations

Specific recommendations of brand and grade of all lubricants are
only examples due to regional availability, operating conditions
and the continual development of improved products. Where
questions arise, refer to the manufacturer’s specifications and a
reliable supplier.
Grease
Lubricating grease of the proper consistency is to be applied at
frequent intervals with grease guns through the grease fittings or
with brush where applicable. Lithium base NLGI #2 is
recommended.(Example Matrix EP2)
Grease
Based on synthetic oil and compatible with plastics. (Example
Gleitmo 805K). This grease shall be used on glide plates made of
Oilon (green) and gliding surfaces in contact with these plates.
The grease can be odered from Bromma e-commerce site (se
chapter 7.1 How to order spare parts). Cartridge part no: 700755,
1 Kg part no: 700756, 5 Kg part no:700568.
Chain Lubricant
Apply a non-detergent SAE oil to the chain. Use SAE 30 oil
unless the temperature is below 4 degrees C (40 degrees F)
(SAE
20) or above 38 degrees C (100 degrees F) (SAE 40).

Bromma Group Manual
Lubrication poins 2
Lubricate the points shown below at intervals described in
Chapter 6.1 Periodic maintenance procedures.
Twistlocks
1. Inject grease in through grease fittings.
2. Brush grease on spherical bearings.
Glide Plates
Expand spreader to maximum position and apply grease
on bottom side of the telescoping beams.
45 ft. spreaders: Run to 20 ft. position and apply grease
on glide plates on the top side of the telescoping beams.
40 ft. spreaders: Run to 40 ft. position and apply grease
with a long stick on the ceiling in the beam tunnel inside
the main frame. 40´ spreaders
Pedestal
bearing
Twistlocks
Chain
Glide
Plates
Flipper Arm
Gear box

Bromma Group Manual
Pedestal bearing
Inject grease in grease fitting.
Chain
Run spreader to outer position and spray chain lubricant
along the whole chain.
Telescopic motor.
The telescopic motor is maintenance-free and
permanently sealed when manufactured.
Level
indicator
hole
Flipper Arm Gearboxes
Inject grease through one of the two fittings, until it
wells up from the level indicator hole.
Grease
fittings
Twinlift Units
Apply grease on the cylinder ears and and in the slots
on both sides of the twinlift units.
Lubricate the twinlift twistlocks as mentioned earlier.

Bromma Group Manual
Lubrication points STS45
Lubricate twistlocks as
mentioned earlier
Lubrication points marked with
shall be lubricated with grease based on synthetic oil

compatible with plastics. (Example Gleitmo 805K). This
grease shall be used on glide plates made of Oilon (green) and
gliding surfaces in contact with these plates. Other types of
grease may destroy the glide plates.
Bromma Group Manual
6.1.3 Tightening torques

To ensure safe and reliable operation it is important that all
screws and fittings specified below are tightened to the
recommended torques.
A torque wrench must be used to obtain the correct torques .
Torque wrench
Screws in Main Beam
80 Nm
30 Nm
200 Nm
80 Nm
50 Nm
200Nm
100 Nm
Screws in Telescopic Beam

9,7 Nm
40 Nm
80 Nm
30 Nm 200 Nm
225 Nm 100 Nm
100 Nm
150 Nm
385 Nm

Bromma Group Manual
Screws and fittings in Twistlocks
100 Nm
95 Nm
Screws and fittings in Powerpack
90-110 Nm
90-110 Nm
81 Nm
320 Nm 90-110 Nm
100 Nm
200-245 Nm
200-245 Nm 90-110 Nm
Bromma Group Manual
Screws in telescopic drive
10 Nm
10 Nm
.50 Nm
Additional screws on the STS45 twinlift unit
200 Nm
80 Nm
200 Nm
80 Nm
80 Nm 80 Nm

Bromma Group Manual
Additional screws on the STS45 tie assembly
200 Nm
200 Nm
200 Nm
200 Nm

Bromma Group Manual
6.2 Hydraulic System

carried out !
The spreader shall only be operated and serviced by authorized

personnel.
Do not loosen any hoses, fittings or other hydraulic components

while the system is under pressure!
Contents:
List of hydraulic components.
( Power Pack and other standard components are listed in
Chapter 7.2 Spare parts list).
Hydraulic assy BR1102534
Hydraulic diagram BR1102535
6.2-1-Oct. 02 rev.00 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
1(6)
Art. No: BR1102534 HYDRAULIC ASSY date

Hyd. Assy: BR1102534 STS 45 sign: zamansy 2012-06-18
Hyd. Dwg: BR1102535 rev:
Serial No: 16111-22 Std, 24VDC
Customer: ZPMC/CICT
Pos Quant Title Specification Item No Drawing Supplier Remarks

1 1 Power Pack BR1102536 BR1102536 Bromma
2 2 Manifold block Art.nr 2005L05 BR73119 Vickers Gable End std, aluminium
3 4 Dir.valve DG4V-3-2C-MU-H7-60 BR73096 Vickers Flipper std 4/3 CC 24VDC
4 2 Dir.valve DG4V-3-2C-MU-H7-60 BR73096 Vickers Twist Lock std 4/3 CC 24VDC
5 -
6 3 Handpump Kit BR1002238 1002238 Bromma Option
7 -
8 -
9 - Actuator SB 18 BR1002277 See Flipper Assy dwg
10 - Cross-over relief 250bar - Mounted to actuator at delivery
11 4 Restrictor GE 10-SR 3/8” Spec. D=2.5mm BR63456 44447 Specma Actuator SB18, UP
12 1 Hydraulic motor CHARLYNN 131CC BR24486 24486 Telescoping Motor std
13 - Pressure relief block 110 bar - Mounted to pos 12 at delivery
14 2 Testpoint ST 04 RA BR70084 Specma GE MB std
15 1 Valve Block 2005S17 BR700096 Vickers Twin /TM MB std
16 1 Prop Dir. Control valve KDG4V-5-2C-50N-H-MU-H7-30 BR701233 Vickers TM 4/3 CC prop 50l/min
17 1 Dir.valve DG4V-3-2C-MU-H7-60 BR73096 Vickers Twin TWL std 4/3 CC 24VDC
18 1 Dir Contr. Valve DG4V-3-561C-MU-H7-60 BR79661 Vickers Twin TwinLift 4/3 Reg 24VDC
19 2 Dir Control Valve DG4V-3-6C-MU-H7-60 BRK3097 Vickers Latch 4/3 ABT 24VDC
20 1 Valve Block (Regenerativ) BR79808 49871 Twin Twinlift std
21 2 Block with pilot check 2005Q60 BR700469 Vickers Latch
22 -
23 - Pressure red. Valve PRV11-12-S-O-30 BR1002388 Vickers Mounted to pos 15 at delivery
24 - Pressure Test ST 04 RA BR70084 Specma Mounted to pos 15 at delivery
2(6)

Customer: ZPMC/CICT

25 2 Junktion Block Jms 1031 BR79172 std
30 1 Valve Block JMS 1342 BR700766 JMS std
31 - Relief Valve RDDA-CAN-FEW-180bar BR79952 JMS Mounted to 79539 at delivery
32 - Conter balance valve JMS Mounted to 79539 at delivery
33 2 Dir. Control valve DG4V-5-6CJ-MU-H6-20 BR76054 Vickers TIE Cyl 4/3 ABT 24VDC
34 1 Flowdivider Casappa BR700761 JMS std
35 4 Coupling GE10-SR 3/8” BR74564 Specma Actuator SB18, DOWN
36 -
37 8 Coupling GE10-SR 1/4” BR71866 Specma Twist lock cyl gabel end
38 16 Coupling GE10-SR 3/8” BR74564 Specma Block pos2
39 4 Coupling SWVE 12-SR (Banjo) BR73802 Specma Block pos2
40 16 Coupling GE12-SR 3/8" BR71871 Specma Block pos 21
41 2 Coupling GE16-SR 1/2” BR71867 Specma Telescopic Motor
43 28 Coupling GE12-SR ½" BR71877 Specma Block pos15,Latchcyl, Twincyl
44 16 Coupling GE12-SR 3/8" BR71871 Specma Block pos25
46 8 Coupling GE10-SR ¼” BR71866 Specma Twist lock cyl twin box
47 2 Coupling VSTIR 3/4" BR70700 Specma Block pos15
48 16 Coupling GE20-SR 3/4" BR70052 Specma pos15,30,TIE cyl, flowdivider
49 2 Coupling GE20-SR 1/2" BR74566 Specma Flowdivider
50 4 Plug VSTIR ½” BR71353 Specma Block pos15
51 -
52 8 Coupling SV 12-S BR71863 Specma Twin Box
3(6)

Customer: ZPMC/CICT

53 8 Coupling WSV 10-S BR70069 Specma Twin Box
54 2 Coupling EWV-20S BR71846 Specma Return Filter, Main block item 15
55 -
56 -
57 -
58 -
59 4 Coupling EWV 12S BR71848 Specma Block pos 21
60 1 Hose Complete 821-10 KL 750 P86/P87 20S BR56964 42960 Specma Pressure Filter To Block
61 1 Hose Complete 821-10 KL 650 P86/P87 20S BR58316 43572 Specma Block On PP To Return Filter
62 2 Hose Complete 821-08 KL 3200 P86/P86 16S BR58209 42957 Specma Telescopic Motor
63 4 Hose Complete 821-06 KL 3740 P86/P86 12S BR56641 42955 Specma Block To block on Tension Rod
64 8 Hose Complete 821-04 KL 1610 P86/P86 10S BR57631 42953 Specma Block To Block (TWL Twin)
65 4 Hose Complete 821-06 KL 5000 P86/P87 12S BR56338 42956 Specma In Tension Rod Beam
66 2 Hose Complete 821-04 KL 770 P86/P87 10S BR56520 42954 Specma Twist Lock
67 2 Hose complete 821-04 KL 620 P86/P87 10S BR56824 42954 Specma Twist Lock
68 2 Hose Complete 821-04 KL 1400 P86/P87 10S BR56522 42954 Specma Twist Lock
69 2 Hose complete 821-04 KL 1250 P86/P87 10S BR56521 42954 Specma Twist Lock
70 4 Hose Complete 821-04 KL 1250 P86/P87 10S BR56521 42954 Specma Flipper Actuator
71 4 Hose Complete 821-04 KL 580 P86/P87 10S BR56349 42954 Specma Flipper Actuator
72 4 Hose Complete 821-04 KL 2390 P86/P86 10S BR62312 42953 Specma Twistlock Twin +
73 4 Hose Complete 821-04 KL 2420 P86/P87 10S BR56819 42954 Specma Twistlock Twin -
74 4 Hose Complete 821-06 KL 860 P86/P87 12S BR62313 42956 Specma Twinlift Cylinder -
75 4 Hose Complete 821-06 KL 390 P86/P86 12S BR56361 42955 Specma Twinlift Cylinder +
76 4 Hose Complete 821-06 KL 830 P86/P86 12S BR60762 43570 Specma Block Twinlift
4(6)

Customer: ZPMC/CICT

77 4 Hose Complete 821-06 KL 580 P86/P86 12S BR56360 42955 Specma Block Twinlift
78 8 Hose Complete 821-06 KL 1600 P86/P86 12S BR57012 42955 Specma Block To Block (Twin Lift)
79 1 Hose Complete 821-10 KL 2200 P86/P86 20S BR63415 44800 Specma Block To Telescopic Cylinder -
80 1 Hose Complete 821-10 KL 3100 P86/P86 20S BR63416 44800 Specma Block To Telescopic Cylinder +
81 1 Hose Complete 821-10 KL 3500 P86/P86 20S BR61585 44800 Specma Block To Telescopic Cylinder +
82 1 Hose Complete 821-10 KL 2500 P86/P86 20S BR63414 44800 Specma Block To Telescopic Cylinder -
83 -
84 1 Hose Complete 821-10 KL 750 P86/P87 20S BR56964 42960 Specma Block pos30 To Block pos 15
85 1 Hose Complete 821-10 KL 1000 P86/P87 20S BR62089 42960 Specma Flowdiwider to Block P-Line
86 2 Hose Complete 821-10 KL 530 P86/P87 20S BR57105 42960 Specma Flowdivider to Block pos30
87 4 Hose Complete 821-06 KL 3740 P86/P86 12S BR56641 42955 Specma To block On Tension Rod
88 2 Hose Complete 821-06 KL 400 P86/P87 12S BR56514 42956 Specma Latch Cylinder On Tension Rod
89 2 Hose Complete 821-06 KL 350 P86/P87 12S BR56332 42956 Specma Latch Cylinder On Tension Rod
90 8 Screw MC6S 5x30 BUMAX 88 BR1001576 Valve LATCH
91 4 Screw MC6S 6x40 BUMAX 88 BR1001579 Valve Telescopic Motor
92 4 Screw MC6S 5x100 BUMAX 88 BR1001578 Valve Twinlift
93 4 Screw MC6S 5x100 BUMAX 88 BR1001578 Twist Lock Handpump 100mm
94 24 Screw MC6S 5x30 BUMAX 88 BR1001576 Valve Flipper std
95 -
96 8 Screw MC6S 5x100 BUMAX 88 BR1001578 Twist Lock Handpump 100mm
97 8 Screw MC6S 6x40 BUMAX 88 BR1001579 Valve TIE Cyl std
98 -
99 -
100 4 Screw MC6S 8x100 A4 BR1000788 Block Gable End std
5(6)

Customer: ZPMC/CICT

101 4 Washer TRB 8,4x21x4 A4 BR1000747 Block Gable End std
102 4 Nut M8 Lock King A4 BR76460 Block Gable End std
103 4 Screw MC6S 8x90 A4 BR701435 Twin block pos25 std
104 4 Washer BRB 8.4x16x1.6 A4 BR77798 Twin block pos25 std
105 4 Nut M8 Lock King A4 BR76460 Twin block pos25 std
106 4 Screw Screw M6S 8x50 A4 BR1000596 Block pos15 std
107 4 Washer Nord-Lock M8 A4 BR701437 Block pos15 std
108 4 Screw MC6S 8x130 A4 BR701467 2xNG10 pos30 std
109 4 Washer BRB 8.4x16x1.6 A4 BR77798 2xNG10 pos30 std
110 4 Nut M8 Lock King A4 BR76460 2xNG10 pos30 std
111 8 Screw M6S 8x120 A4 BR1000605 block pos 21
112 8 Washer Nord-Lock M8 A4 BR701437 block pos 21
113 -
114 -
115 4 Screw M6S 10x35 A4 BR76518 Flow divider std
116 4 Nut M10 Locking A4 BR76519 Flow divider std
117 8 Washer BRB 10.5x20x2 A4 BR76520 Flow divider std
118 2 Coupling EVGE 10 SR 3/8" BR70063 Specma Option Handpump Twin Twl
119 2 Coupling SV 10 S BR71864 Specma Option Handpump Twin Twl
120 2 Coupling GE 10 SR 3/8" BR74564 Specma Option Handpump Twin Twl
121 1 Hose Complete 821-04 KL 400 P86/P87 10S BR57038 42954 Specma Option Handpump Twin Twl
122 1 Hose Complete 821-04 KL 1005 P86/P87 10S BR56487 42954 Specma Option Handpump Twin Twl
123 -
124 14 Screw M6S 6x75 A4 BR1000790 Telescoping motor
6(6)

Customer: ZPMC/CICT

125 44 Clamp 20mm (size 3) 03-320 PP BR70146 End of Cable Chain/Telescoping
126 8 Screw M6S 6x90 A4 BR1000590 End of Cable Chain
127 22 Washer Nord Lock M6 A4 BR701081 End of Cable Chain/Telescoping
128 22 Nut M6 Lock King A4 BR77890 End of Cable Chain/Telescoping
129 11 Cover Plate DEP3 fzb BR700642 End of Cable Chain
130 56 Clamp 25mm (size 3) 03-325 PP BR70147 Tie Cylinder
131 22 Screw M6S 6x75 A4 BR1000790 Tie Cylinder
132 4 Screw M6S 6x40 A4 BR1000582 Tie Cylinder
133 26 Washer Nord Lock M6 A4 BR701081 Tie Cylinder
134 13 Cover Plate DEP3 fzb BR700642 Tie Cylinder
135 -
136 -
137 -
138 -
139 1 Hose protection Twin-twist lock hoses/electrical cabel. BR700254 Cut in to 4 pieces, one/twinbox
140 180 Hydraulic Oil ISO VG 68 BR76528
1(4)
Art. No: BR1102536 date

Power Pack: BR1102536 POWER PACK ASSY
Hyd. Assy: BR1102534 sign: zamansy 2012-06-18
Hyd. Dwg: BR1102535 STS 45 rev:
Serial No: 16111-22
Customer: ZPMC/CICT

1 1 Frame complete BR24175 24175 180L stainless steel tank
2 1 Electrical motor 7.5kW 380VAC 50Hz Heater 220V BR1700276 LS IP 65, T2
3 1 Pump A10-45VO DFLR/31 BR700757 Rexroth Pressure&Power reg.
4 1 Shaft coupling A28/38.38-16/32x15 BR700758 Spidex A10-45-7.5kW
5 1 Bellhousing BR1042296 1042296 A10-45-7.5kW with add. hole
6 1 Pressure Filter MDF160 BR700472 Hydac std
7 1 Return Filter ZT 8ZZ10 BB Y2 1" BR700473 Schröder std
8 1 Airbreather SPA 1731-10-5 BR78960 Parker std
9 1 Sight glass ALG5T BR79957 Vescor std
10 1 Check valve RHV 20 SR BR70855 std
11 1 Drain plug BR45965 45965
12 1 Tank lid BR37577 37577
13 1 Gasket BR37579 37579
14 1 Power pack cover Flat BR39317 39317 Frame C 24229
15 1 Power pack cover Flat BR38079 38079
16 2 Round bar BR400250 400250
17 6 Round bar BR400725 400725
18 4 Screw M6S 12x50 A4 bellhousing BR1000624 Bellhousing
19 8 Washer BRB 13x24x2 A4 BR77897 Bellhousing
20 8 Nut Locking M12 A4 BR77891 Bellhousing
21 2 Screw M6S 12x60 A4 BR1000625 Bellhousing support
22 2 Screw M6S-H 12x50 A4 BR1007287 Bellhousing support
23 6 Washer Nordlock M12 A4 Bellh.support BR701440 Bellhousing support
2(4)

Serial No: 16111-22
Customer: ZPMC/CICT

24 4 Nut Locking M12 A4 BR77891 Bellhousing support
25 2 Screw M6S 12x30 A4 pump BR1000622 Pump
26 2 Washer BRB 13x24x2 A4 BR77897 Pump
27 2 Cup spring 25x12.2x1.5 Din2093 pump BR75807 Pump
28 4 Screw M6S 12x70 A4 el.motor BR1000626 El.motor
29 8 Washer BRB 13x24x2 A4 BR77897 El.motor
30 4 Nut Locking M12 A4 BR77891 El.motor
31 20 Screw M6S 8x35 A4 tank lid BR77797 tank lid
32 34 Washer BRB 8.4x16x1.6 A4 tank lid BR77798 tank lid
33 14 Nut Locking M8 A4 BR76460 tank lid
34 4 Screw M6S 10x20 A4 pressure filter BR1000608 Pressure filter / Hydac
35 4 Washer Nordlock M10 A4 filter BR701443 Pressure filter
36 14 Screw M6S 8x25 A4 BR77851 PP cover
37 16 Washer BRB 8.4x16x1.6 A4 pp cover BR77798 PP cover
38 3 Screw M6S 8x25 A4 BR77851 Return filter
39 3 Washer Nordlock M8 A4 returfilter BR701437 Return filter
40 -
41 -
42 -
43 1 Coupling GE20-7/8"-14 UNF 2B BR76079 pump A10-45 drain
44 1 Coupling GE42-LR 1 1/2" BR700760 Tank suction
45 1 Coupling GE20-SR 3/4" BR70052 Tank drain
46 1 Coupling EVGE 20 SR 3/4" BR70856 Specma pressure filter
3(4)

Serial No: 16111-22
Customer: ZPMC/CICT

47 2 Coupling RI-A-20-12 BR71908 pressure filter
48 1 Coupling GE20-SR 1" BR70053 Return filter
49 1 Pressure test ST-1301-20S BR70836 Specma pressure filter
50 1 Coupling EVW 20S BR71846 tank
51 1 Coupling VSTI 1" BR76453 Return filter
52 1 O-ring 214-12 BR701236 Specma Air filter
53 1 Plug VSTI 3/4" BR70700 Specma Tank Lid std
54 2 Coupling 2133-16 1"-3000 BR78654 Pressure Hose
55 2 Coupling 2133-24 1 1/2"-3000 BR700764 Suction Hose
56 1 O-ring 214-16 BR700626 Pressure Hose
57 1 O-ring
O ring 214 24
214-24 BR701047 Suction Hose
58 4 Washer Nordlock M10 A4 BR701443 Pump pressure port
59 4 Washer Nordlock M12 A4 BR701440 Pump suction port
60 1 Hose complet 602-24 KL 730 P623-24/P86-24-42 BR62933 401918 A10-45 suction
61 1 Hose complet 821-12 KL 470 P613-12-16/P86-20S BR63366 401917 Specma A10-45 pressure
62 1 Hose complet 821-10 KL 560 P87/P86 20S BR57106 42960 Specma A10-45 drain
63 4 Screw UC6S 3/8-16UNC x 1 1/4" A4 BR1001487 Pump pressure port
64 4 Screw UC6S 1/2-13UNC x 1 1/2" A4 BR1001488 Pump suction port
65 1 Plug 504-24 1 1/2" BR79958 Specma
66 1 Washer 216-24 1 1/2" BR79959 Specma
67 1 Plug 504-32 2" BR76455 Specma std
68 1 Washer 216-32 2" BR78204 Specma std
69 1 Rotation Sticker BR1005209 1005209 Bromma Bellhousing
4(4)

Serial No: 16111-22
Customer: ZPMC/CICT

70 1 Pressure control block 2005P53 BR700463 Vickers
71 1 Dir control valve DG4V-3-24A-MU-H7-60 BR700471 Vickers
72 1 Relief valve RDM2AT 25S10 BR79970 Parker
73 1 Plug VSTI R1/4" BR76642 Specma
74 2 Coupling GE 10 SR 1/4" BR71866 Pressure control block
75 1 Coupling GE 8 S 7/16"-20 UNF BR70940 Pump A10-45 Control pressure
76 1 Hose complete 821-04 KL 1200 P86-10S/P87-8S BR63023 48768 Pump-Pressure control block
77 1 Hose complete 821-04 KL 350 P86/P87 10S BR58315 43568 Pressure control block - Tank
78 4 Screw MC6S 5x40 A4 KLASS 70 BR1000645 Pressure control block
79 4 Screw MC6S 5x70 BUMAX 88 BR1001577 valve pos 81
80 1 Coupling RI A 12 04
RI-A-12-04 BR79783 Tank
81 1 Coupling GE 10 SR 1/4" BR71866 Tank
82 1 Plug VSTI 1" BR76453 std
83 1 Plug VSTI 3/4" BR70700 std
84 1 Clamp kit Dia 14 SS-Screw BR1002127 1002127 Hose pos 76
85 - Temp/Level indicator HMFB-0120-0185-T90 BR76920 Hemomatik Option
86 - Pronal bag assy 8l BR49060 49060 Option
87 - Pressure Gard BR48031 48031 Option
88 - Heater 330W / 230V BR77925 EVT Option
Bromma Group Manual
Bromma Group Manual
6.3 Electric System

carried out !

personnel.
Contents:
Spreader Control System SCS3
Circuit diagram BR1700274
6.3-1-Oct. 02 rev.00 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
B B
Customer : ZPMC ZPMC CICT SRI LANKA

Plant designation : A1
C
Drawing Number : BR1700274 C
Revision : a
Manufacturer (Company) : BROMMA (M) SDN BHD
Project name : CICT,Sri Lanka

D D
Serial Number : 16111-22
Type : STS45
Responsible for project : Shamsul
BROMMA SPREADER STS 45

E E
Created on the : 10/08/2008
The latest revision : 10/30/2012 By : shamsib Number of pages : 63
Manufacturing site :
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 1
This drawing is copyright, and is SERIAL NO.
ZPMC, CICT, Sri Lanka CONT.
- the property of BROMMA CONQUIP AB. 16111-22 2
F
- The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: FLYLEAF TOTAL SH.
63
F
contained therein, may not be copied
or reproduced, whitout the written DRAWN BY: PLANT (=) : PLOTTED: DRAWING NO. REV.
- STOCKHOLM SWEDEN shamsib 11/01/2012 10:15
ITEM SUBJECT OF CHANGE SIGN. DATE
consent of the owner.
DRAWING DATE:
09/19/2001 UNIT (+) : FILENAME: BR1700274 a
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Table of content
Plant des. Location Page Page description Rev Revision note Date Editor
1 FLYLEAF 06/27/2012 shamsib
2 Table of contents: (1 - 30) 10/30/2012 shamsib
A1 X1 5 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 10/24/2012 shamsib
29 I/O card overview 10/30/2012 shamsib
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 2
the property of BROMMA CONQUIP AB. 16111-22 3
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Table of contents: (1 - 30) TOTAL SH.
63
shamsib 11/01/2012 10:15
consent of the owner. STOCKHOLM SWEDEN
DRAWING DATE:
Table of content
33 MOUNTING PANEL 06/29/2012 shamsib
34 GRAPHICS 06/29/2012 shamsib
41 Parts list: (1008029 - 1027832) 10/30/2012 shamsib
50 CABLE LIST 10/30/2012 shamsib
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 3
63
shamsib 11/01/2012 10:15
DRAWING DATE:
Table of content
61 Parts list (grouped): (1025282 - 1029322) 10/30/2012 shamsib
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 4
63
shamsib 11/01/2012 10:15
DRAWING DATE:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
220VN 220VAC
A1
A+X0 -XP1 24 1 2 3 13 14 15 4 5 6 7 9 Handheld socket bulkhead mounting A
-XP2 1 2
-WXP1 PE 1 2 3 13 14 15 4 5 6 7 9
-WXP2 1 2
-X2 :1 :2
-X1 :PE :1L1 :1L2 :1L3 :1L1 :1L2 :1L3 :4 :5 :N :L :9
B 11 B
-B1
12
Thermostat
1 3 5
-Q1
2 4 6
.04
13
1 -Q1
-F4 14
2 .01
1
1 Note:
-P1 -EH1
C h Cable from fuse terminals C
Heater 2 1 3
2 is 2.5mm blue
Cabinet
-F3
2 4
-X1 :B1+
-F1 -X1 :B1+
1 2
-X1 :B1+ -24VDC:B1 / +X0/6.02
10A
1 -F2 2
-X1 :+ -24VDC / +X0/23.05
-X1 :+
20A
-X1 :U :V :W :PE :HL :HN -G1 -X1 :+
L
90-255VAC +
A1
D D
+X0 GND
24VDC
N - -X1 :-
-WM1 BN BK GY PE
-X1 :-
-X1 :- -0VDC / +X0/23.05
U1 V1 W1
-M1 M
3 ~ -X1 :- -0VDC:B1 / +X0/6.02
2 1 PE -X1 :-
-X1 :-
BN
BU
-WHE1
E E
MOTOR PUMP CONTROL

SPACE HEATER POWER SUPPLY
HOUR COUNTER 400VAC 50Hz THERMOSTAT VOLTAGE
230VAC 90-255VAC/ 24VDC
7.5KW. 220VAC
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
- STS45 5
F
- The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TOTAL SH.
63
F
- STOCKHOLM SWEDEN shamsib A1 11/01/2012 10:15
DRAWING DATE:
03/12/2001 UNIT (+) :
X1 FILENAME: BR1700274 a
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A1
A +X0 -XP1 31 32 A
-WXP1 31 32
A1
+X1 /5.09 / -24VDC:B1 -24VDC:B1 / /7.00
/5.09 / -0VDC:B1 -0VDC:B1 / /7.00

B B
-X1 :H :L
-X1 :B1+ :B1+ :- :-
-RC1
7 11
Suppressor
10 8 12 3
C C
-WB1:X7 WH BU
-WB1:X7
-Can H:SCS3 / /28.03
-Polyswitch1 -Can L:SCS3 / /28.03

-Poly1 1 2 3 4 5
D -WB1:X1 BN WH BU BK -Poly1 1 2 3 4 5 D
-WB1:X6 WH BU
+B1-X1 1 2 3 4 +B1-X7 1 2 3 4 5 +B1-X6 2 3 4 5
-B1
CAN_High
+24V
GND
CAN_Low
+24V
+24V
GND
GND
CAN-GND
CANopen L
24 VDC
CANopen H
E E
SCS3
MAIN SUPPLY
BCAN . .
CANopen
NODE B1
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 6
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
04/15/2002 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
B B
1/-
-P2
2/+
-X1 :71 :72 :73 :74 -X1 :- :75 :76 :77 :78
C C
+X0/6.07 / -0VDC:B1 -0VDC:B1 / /8.00
+X0/6.07 / -24VDC:B1 -24VDC:B1 / /8.00
-VBB_X1 / /9.00
-GND_X1 / /9.00
D -X17 D
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 5 1
14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13
-KA1 -KA2 -KA3 -KA4 -KA5 -KA6 -KA7 -KA8
A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1
Channel 1
Channel 2
Channel 3
Channel 4
Channel 5
Channel 6
Channel 7
Channel 8
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
E E
GND
VBB
SPARE 24VDC SPARE 24VDC SPARE 24VDC CONTAINER SPARE 24VDC SPARE 24VDC SPARE 24VDC SPARE 24VDC
(OUTPUT) (OUTPUT) (OUTPUT) COUNTER (OUTPUT) (OUTPUT) (OUTPUT) (OUTPUT)
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 7
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/16/2002 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
A1
+X0
1 3 1 3
+ -
-S83 -S84
4 2 4
B B
-WS83 BK 4 BU BN
-WS84 BK BU BN
A1
+X0
11
-SS1
12
-WSS1 1 2
-X1 :70
-X1 :58 :- :B1+ :59 :- :B1+ :60 :61 :+ :62 :63 :64 :65
C C
/7.09 / -24VDC:B1 -24VDC:B1 / /9.00
/7.09 / -0VDC:B1 -0VDC:B1 / /10.00
-Can low_X1 / /10.00
-Can high_X1 / /10.00
D -X17 D
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 4
14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13
Channel 9
Channel 10
Channel 11
Channel 12
Channel 13
Channel 14
Channel 15
Channel 16
CAN High
CAN Low
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
E E
HEIGHT HEIGHT SPARE 24VDC SPREADER SPARE 24VDC SPARE 24VDC SPARE 24VDC SPARE 24VDC
INDICATION INDICATION (INPUT) STOP (INPUT) (INPUT) (INPUT) (INPUT)
LEFT RIGHT
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
- STS45 8
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/28/2004 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
Handheld socket bulkhead mounting
-XP2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
-WXP2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
B B
-X2 :11 :12 :13 :14 :15 :16 :17 :18
C C
a
a
/8.09 / -24VDC:B1
/7.09 / -VBB_X1 -VBB_X1 / +X0/28.01
/7.09 / -GND_X1 -GND_X1 / +X0/28.01
D -X18 D
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 5 1
14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13
Channel 1
Channel 2
Channel 3
Channel 4
Channel 5
Channel 6
Channel 7
Channel 8
E E
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
GND
VBB
ALL ALL ALL TELE TELE TELE TWIN TWIN
UNLOCKED LOCKED LANDED IN20FT IN40FT IN45FT UP DOWN
SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
- STS45 9
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
06/29/2012 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
Handheld socket bulkhead mounting
-XP2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 -XP2 10
-WXP2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B B
-X2 :3 :4 -X2 :5 :6 -X2 :7 :8 :9 :10
C C
/8.09 / -0VDC:B1
/8.09 / -Can high_X1 -Can high_X1 / +X0/28.02
/8.09 / -Can low_X1 -Can low_X1 / +X0/28.02
D -X18 D
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 4
14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13
Channel 10
Channel 11
Channel 12
Channel 13
Channel 14
Channel 15
Channel 16
Channel 9
CAN High
CAN Low
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
E E
TWL TWL TELE TELE TWIN TWIN ALL ALL

UNLOCK LOCK RETRACT EXPAND UP DOWN FLIPPER UP FLIPPER DOWN
CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
- STS45 10
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
06/29/2012 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
B B
-Can high X2 / /27.01
-Can low X2 / /27.01

1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
+ - + - + - + - + - + -
-S1 -S5 -S2 -S6 -S9 -S10
4 4 4 4 4 4
-WS1-S5 F1 F2 -WS2-S6 F1 F2 -WS9 1 -WS10 1
C C
D D
1 2
-R1
-X2 +X2-XP1 4 2 +X2-XP3 4 2 +X2-XP5 4 2 +X2-XP7 4 2 :1 :2

E /12.00 Node ID: 2 E
CAN_high
CAN_low
Gable end left I
O In 1 I
O In 5 I
O In 2 I
O In 6 I
O In 3 I
O In 7 I
O In 4 I
O In 8
-S1 -S5 -S2 -S6 -S9 -S10 CAN-open

UNLOCKED LOCKED UNLOCKED LOCKED LANDED SPARE LANDED SPARE Interface / Supply
LHLS LHLS LHWS LHWS LHLS LHWS
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
- STS45 11
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
03/06/2002 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-X2
/11.00 I Out 1 I Out 5 I Out 2 I Out 6 I Out 3 I Out 7 I Out 4 I Out 8
O O O O O O O O
Node ID: 2
+VBB
GND
A A
Gable end left
+X2-XP2 4 2 +X2-XP4 4 2 +X2-XP6 4 2 +X2-XP8 4 2 +X2-X0 :3 :5
B B
C C
-WY7-Y8 4 2 -WY1-Y2 4 2 -WY3-Y4 4 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
-Y7 -Y8 -Y1 -Y2 -Y3 -Y4
/27.00 / -GND X2
/27.00 / -VBB X2
A 2 B 2 A 2 B 2 A 2 B 2
D D
E E
-Y7 -Y8 -Y1 -Y2 -Y3 -Y4 CAN-open

TWL UNLOCK TWL LOCK FLIPPER 1 LHLS FLIPPER 1 LHLS FLIPPER 2 LHWS FLIPPER 2 LHWS SPARE SPARE
Interface / Supply
LEFT LEFT UP DOWN UP DOWN
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
- STS45 12
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
03/07/2002 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
B B
-Can high X3 / /27.02
-Can low X3 / /27.02

1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
+ - + - + - + - + - + -
-S3 -S7 -S4 -S8 -S11 -S12
4 4 4 4 4 4
-WS3-S7 F1 F2 -WS4-S8 F1 F2 -WS11 1 -WS12 1
C C
D D
1 2
-R2
-X3 +X3-XP1 4 2 +X3-XP3 4 2 +X3-XP5 4 2 +X3-XP7 4 2 +X3-X0 :1 :2

E /14.00 Node ID: 3 E
CAN_high
CAN_low
Gable end right I
O In 1 I
O In 5 I
O In 2 I
O In 6 I
O In 3 I
O In 7 I
O In 4 I
O In 8
-S3 -S7 -S4 -S8 -S11 -S12

CAN-open
UNLOCKED LOCKED UNLOCKED LOCKED LANDED SPARE LANDED SPARE
Interface / Supply
RHWS RHWS RHLS RHLS RHWS RHLS
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
- STS45 13
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/25/2004 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-X3
O O O O O O O O
Node ID: 3
+VBB
GND
A A
Gable end right
+X3-XP2 4 2 +X3-XP4 4 2 +X3-XP6 4 2 +X3-XP8 4 2 +X3-X0 :3 :5
B B
C C
-WY15-Y16 4 2 -WY9-Y10 4 2 -WY11-Y12 4 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
-Y15 -Y16 -Y9 -Y10 -Y11 -Y12
/27.02 / -GND X3
/27.02 / -VBB X3
A 2 B 2 A 2 B 2 A 2 B 2
D D
E E
-Y15 -Y16 -Y9 -Y10 -Y11 -Y12 CAN-open

TWL UNLOCK TWL LOCK FLIPPER 3 RHWS FLIPPER 3 RHWS FLIPPER 4 RHLS FLIPPER 4 RHLS SPARE SPARE Interface / Supply
RIGHT RIGHT UP DOWN UP DOWN
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
- STS45 14
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/25/2004 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
B B
-Can high X4 / /27.03
-Can low X4 / /27.03

1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
+ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + -
-S24 -S28 -S32 -S36 -S27 -S31 -S35 -S39
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
C -WTWIN4 1A 1B 2A 2B -WTWIN7 1A 1B 2A 2B C
D D

E /16.00 Node ID: 4 E
CAN_high
CAN_low
Center lanside I
O In 1 I
O In 5 I
O In 2 I
O In 6 I
O In 3 I
O In 7 I
O In 4 I
O In 8
-S24 -S28 -S32 -S36 -S27 -S31 -S35 -S39

TWIN UNLOCKED TWIN LOCKED TWIN LANDED TWIN UP TWIN UNLOCKED TWIN LOCKED TWIN LANDED TWIN UP CAN-open
LHLS LHLS LHLS LHLS RHLS RHLS RHLS RHLS Interface / Supply
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 15
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/17/2002 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-X4
O O O O O O O O
Node ID: 4
A A
+VBB
GND
Center lanside
+X4-XP2 4 2 +X4-XP4 4 2 +X4-XP6 4 2 +X4-XP8 4 2 +X4-X0 :3 :5
B B
C C
-WY25-Y26 4 2 -WY27-Y28 4 2
1 1 1 1
-Y25 -Y26 -Y27 -Y28
/27.03 / -GND X4
/27.03 / -VBB X4
A 2 B 2 A 2 B 2
D D
E E
-Y25 -Y26 -Y27 -Y28 CAN-open

TWIN LIFT TWIN LIFT TWIN TWISTLOCK TWIN TWISTLOCK SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE Interface / Supply
UP DOWN UNLOCK LOCK
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
- STS45 16
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/29/2004 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
-Can high X5 / /27.04
-Can low X5 / /27.05

B B
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
+ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + -
-S25 -S29 -S33 -S37 -S26 -S30 -S34 -S38
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
-WTWIN5 1A 1B 2A 2B -WTWIN6 1A 1B 2A 2B
C C
D D

E /18.00 Node ID: 5 E
CAN_high
Centre waterside
CAN_low
I In 1 I In 5 I In 2 I In 6 I In 3 I In 7 I In 4 I In 8
O O O O O O O O
-S25 -S29 -S33 -S37 -S26 -S30 -S34 -S38

TWIN UNLOCKED TWIN LOCKED TWIN LANDED TWIN UP TWIN UNLOCKED TWIN LOCKED TWIN LANDED TWIN UP CAN-open
LHWS LHWS LHWS LHWS RHWS RHWS RHWS RHWS Interface / Supply
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 17
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/25/2004 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-X5
O O O O O O O O
Node ID: 5
A A
+VBB
GND
Centre waterside
+X5-XP2 4 2 +X5-XP4 4 2 +X5-XP6 4 2 +X5-XP8 4 2 +X5-X0 :3 :5
B B
C C
/27.04 / -GND X5
/27.04 / -VBB X5
D D
E E
CAN-open
SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE Interface / Supply
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 18
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/29/2004 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
B B
-Can high X6 / /27.06
-Can low X6 / /27.06

1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
+ - + - + - + -
-S112 -S100 -S102 -S160
4 4 4 4
-WS112 4 -WTWIN9 1A 1B 2A
C C
D D

E /20.00 Node ID: 6 E
CAN_high
CAN_low
I
Center waterside I
O In 1 I
O In 5 O In 2 I
O In 6 I
O In 3 I
O In 7 I
O In 4 I
O In 8
-S112 -S100 -S102 -S160

TWINLIFT UNITS SPARE TWIN HOOK TWIN HOOK TWIN ATTACH SPARE SPARE SPARE CAN-open
IN ZERO GAP LEFT CONNECTED LEFT DISCONNECTED LEFT LEFT Interface / Supply
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 19
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/17/2002 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-X6
O O O O O O O O
Node ID: 6
A A
+VBB
GND
Center waterside
+X6-XP2 4 2 +X6-XP4 4 2 +X6-XP6 4 2 +X6-XP8 4 2 +X6-X0 :3 :5
B B
-WY41 BN
C C
A1
-Y41
/27.05 / -GND X6
/27.05 / -VBB X6
A2
D D
E E
Y41 CAN-open
HIGH PRESSURE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE Interface / Supply
VALVE
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
- STS45 20
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/17/2002 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
B B
-Can high X7 / /27.07
-Can low X7 / /27.07

1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
+ - + - + - + - + - + -
-S113 -S118 -S101 -S103 -S161 -S119
4 4 4 4 4 4
C -WS113-WS118 4 2 -WTWIN10 1A 1B 2A -WS119 4 C
D D

E /22.00 Node ID: 7 E
CAN_high
CAN_low
Center landside I
O In 1 I
O In 5 I
O In 2 I
O In 6 I
O In 3 I
O In 7 I
O In 4 I
O In 8
-S113 -S118 -S101 -S103 -S161 -S119

TWINLIFT UNITS TWIN IN 40FT TWIN HOOK TWIN HOOK TWIN ATTACH SPARE TWIN IN 45FT SPARE CAN-open
IN ZERO GAP RIGHT POSITION LEFT CONNECTED RIGHT DISCONNECTED RIGHT RIGHT LIMIT Interface / Supply
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 21
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
03/07/2002 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-X7
O O O O O O O O
Node ID: 7
A A
+VBB
GND
Center landside
+X7-XP2 4 2 +X7-XP4 4 2 +X7-XP6 4 2 +X7-XP8 4 2 +X7-X0 :3 :5
B B
C -WY45-WY46 A B -WY55-WY56 A B -WY43-Y44 A B -WY53-Y54 A B C
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
-Y45 -Y46 -Y55 -Y56 -Y43 -Y44 -Y53 -Y54
A B 2 A B 2 A B 2 A B 2
/27.07 / -GND X7
/27.06 / -VBB X7
2 2 2 2
D D
E E
-Y45 -Y46 -Y55 -Y56 -Y43 -Y44 -Y53 -Y54

TWIN EXPAND TWIN RETRACT TWIN EXPAND TWIN RETRACT TWIN HOOK TWIN HOOK TWIN HOOK TWIN HOOK CAN-open
LEFT LEFT RIGHT RIGHT LOCK LEFT UNLOCK LEFT LOCK RIGHT UNLOCK RIGHT Interface / Supply
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 22
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/18/2002 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
5
A Data - A
6 (PINK)
Clock + 4
(YEL) Clock -
A1
(GRN)
+X1
7 3
/5.09 / -24VDC -24VDC / +X0/28.07
1 /5.09 / -0VDC -0VDC / +X0/28.07

2
+24V
8 GND
B (WHT) B
Data + (BRN) -X1 :+ :+ :- :-
(GREY)
ENCODER WIRING
REFERENCE
BE13
C C
D -WX8-PS1 1 2 3 4 -WX-ID1 1 2 3 4 5
D
BLUE
GREY
PINK
WHT
GRN
YEL
BN
(Not Connected)
+X8-XP3 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 +X8-XP4 1 2 3 4 5 +X8-PS1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 +X8-ID1 1 2 3 4 5
-X8
+5V REF
+24V
ANALOG GND
CLOCK +
GND
GND
+24 V
+24 V
GND
GND
TxD
DEBUG
RxD
ID2
ID1
GND
ID0
ID3
DATA -
DATA +
CLOCK -
ANALOG 2
ANALOG 1
N.C.
N.C.
/24.00
E E
POWER SUPPLY ID CONNECTOR

Cross fire
Node ID: 8 CONNECTOR 3 CONNECTOR 4
LINEAR POT. POWER

ABSOLUTE ENCODER ID
IN LINKER SUPPLY
SSI CONNECTOR
TWIN CYLINDER CONNECTOR
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
- STS45 23
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
01/13/2005 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-X8 CAN CONNECTOR
/23.00 Node ID: 8 CONNECTOR 1
CONNECTOR 7 CONNECTOR 8
Cross fire
CAN GND
A I I I I I I
A
Port 1 Port 2 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8
CAN_H
CAN_L
O O O O O O
N.C.
N.C.
+X8-XP1 2 4 1 3 +X8-XP7 4 2 1 3 +X8-XP8 4 2 1 3
+X8-CAN1 1 2 3 4 5
B B
-WY17-18 2 4 1 3
/28.04 / -Can high X8
/28.05 / -Can low X8

1 1
C -Y18 -Y17 C
A 2 B 2
D D
E E
-Y18 -Y17
TELESCOPE TELESCOPE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
RETRACT EXPAND
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
- STS45 24
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
01/13/2005 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
B B
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
+ - + - + - + - + - + - + -
-S93 -S91 -S92 -S90 -S94 -S95 -S96
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
-Can high X13 / /27.08
-Can low X13 / /27.08

C C
-WS90-S91 4 2
-WS92-S93 4 2 -WS94 4 -WS95-S96 4 2
D D

E /26.00 Node ID: 13 E
CAN_high
CAN_low
Middle landside I
O In 1 I
O In 5 I
O In 2 I
O In 6 I
O In 3 I
O In 7 I
O In 4 I
O In 8
-S93 -S91 -S92 -S90 -S94 -S95 -S96

TTDS TTDS TTDS TTDS TTDS SPARE TTDS TTDS CAN-open
SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR Interface / Supply
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 25
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/15/2002 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-X13
O O O O O O O O
Node ID: 13
A A
+VBB
GND
Middle landside
+X13-XP2 4 2 +X13-XP4 4 2 +X13-XP6 4 2 +X13-XP8 4 2 +X13-X0 :3 :5
B B
C C
/27.08 / -GND X13
/27.08 / -VBB X13

D D
E E
SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE CAN-open

Interface / Supply
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 26
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
10/29/2004 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
-Can high X2 / /11.09
-Can high X3 / /13.09
-Can high X4 / /15.09
-Can high X5 / /17.09
-Can high X6 / /19.09

-Can low X2 / /11.09
-Can low X3 / /13.09
-Can low X4 / /15.09
-Can low X5 / /17.09
-Can low X6 / /19.09
-Can high X13 / /25.09
-Can low X13 / /25.09

-Can high X7 / /21.09
-GND X2 / /12.09
-GND X3 / /14.09
-GND X4 / /16.09
-GND X5 / /18.09
-GND X6 / /20.09
-VBB X2 / /12.09
-VBB X3 / /14.09
-VBB X4 / /16.09
-VBB X5 / /18.09
-VBB X6 / /20.09
-Can low X7 / /21.09
-GND X13 / /26.09

-VBB X13 / /26.09
-GND X7 / /22.09
-VBB X7 / /22.09
B B
brown
brown
brown
brown
brown
brown
brown
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
red
red
red
red
red
red
red
-WX2 -WX3 -WX4 -WX5 -WX6 -WX7 -WX13
C C
A1
+X100
-X100 :1 :11 :21 :31 :2 :12 :22 :32 :3 :13 :23 :33 :4 :14 :24 :34 :5 :15 :25 :35 :6 :16 :26 :36 :7 :17 :27 :37
D -VBB:X100 / +X0/28.01 D
-GND:X100 / +X0/28.01
-Can high:X100 / +X0/28.01
-Can low:X100 / +X0/28.01
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 27
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
11/02/2004 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
+X1-Can high_X1 / +X1/10.09
+X1-Can low_X1 / +X1/10.09

+X1-GND_X1 / +X1/9.09
+X1-VBB_X1 / +X1/9.09
-Can high X8 / /24.09
-Can low X8 / /24.09
KA1
B B
brown
green
WHITE
Terminal fuses Terminal GND Terminal Can low
BLUE
WH
Terminal Can high
BU
-WX1 Marking 1-10 Marking 11-20
-WCAN1:X8 Marking 21--30 Marking 31-40
14 11
12 .01
C A1 C
+X100
12 14 A1
-KA1 -KA1
+X0.03 11 A2
-X100 :8 :18 :28 :38 :9 :19 :29 :39 :10 :20 :30 :40
+X0/27.09 / -VBB:X100
+X0/27.09 / -GND:X100
D +X0/27.09 / -Can high:X100 D
+X0/27.09 / -Can low:X100

-X100 :- :- :- :- :+ :+ :+ :+
-WX100 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A1
+X1 -X1 :- :- :- :- :+ :+ :+ :+
/6.07 / -Can H:SCS3
E E
/6.07 / -Can L:SCS3
+X0/23.06 / -0VDC
+X0/23.06 / -24VDC
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 28
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
11/02/2004 UNIT (+) :
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
CAN-Open I/O
-X2 -X3
Gable end left Gable end right
INPUTS OUTPUTS INPUTS OUTPUTS

Pin Connector 7 Pin Connector 8 Pin Connector 7 Pin Connector 8
2 SPARE 2 SPARE 2 SPARE 2 SPARE
4 -S10 LANDED LHWS 4 SPARE 4 -S12 LANDED RHLS 4 SPARE
Connector 5 Connector 6 Connector 5 Connector 6

2 SPARE 2 -Y4 FLIPPER 2 LHWSDOWN 2 SPARE 2 -Y12 FLIPPER 4 RHLSDOWN
4 -S9 LANDED LHLS 4 -Y3 FLIPPER 2 LHWSUP 4 -S11 LANDED RHWS 4 -Y11 FLIPPER 4 RHLSUP

2 -S6 LOCKED LHWS 2 -Y2 FLIPPER 1 LHLSDOWN 2 -S8 LOCKED RHLS 2 -Y10 FLIPPER 3 RHWS DOWN
4 -S2 UNLOCKED LHWS 4 -Y1 FLIPPER 1 LHLSUP 4 -S4 UNLOCKED RHLS 4 -Y9 FLIPPER 3 RHWS UP

2 -S5LOCKED LHLS 2 -Y8 TWL LOCKLEFT 2 -S7 LOCKED RHWS 2 -Y16 TWL LOCK RIGHT
4 -S1UNLOCKED LHLS 4 -Y7 TWL UNLOCKLEFT 4 -S3 UNLOCKED RHWS 4 -Y15 TWL UNLOCK RIGHT
Module ID: 2 Module ID: 3
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 29
ZPMC, CICT, Sri Lanka
I/0 OVERVIEW This drawing is copyright, and is
the property of BROMMA CONQUIP AB.
The design and/or constructions
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
I/O card overview
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
30
63
CREATED: 10/30/2012 10:16 or reproduced, whitout the written DRAWN BY:
shamsib PLANT (=) : PLOTTED:
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
CAN-Open I/O
-X4 -X5
Center lanside Centre waterside

2 -S39 TWIN UP RHLS 2 SPARE 2 -S38 TWIN UP RHWS 2 SPARE
4 -S35 TWIN LANDED RHLS 4 SPARE 4 -S34 TWIN LANDED RHWS 4 SPARE

2 -S31 TWIN LOCKED RHLS 2 SPARE 2 -S30 TWIN LOCKED RHWS 2 SPARE
4 -S27 TWIN UNLOCKED RHLS 4 SPARE 4 -S26 TWIN UNLOCKED RHWS 4 SPARE

2 -S36 TWIN UP LHLS 2 -Y28 TWIN TWISTLOCK LOCK 2 -S37 TWIN UP LHWS 2 SPARE
4 -S32 TWIN LANDED LHLS 4 -Y27 TWIN TWISTLOCK UNLOCK 4 -S33 TWIN LANDED LHWS 4 SPARE

2 -S28 TWIN LOCKED LHLS 2 -Y26 TWIN LIFT DOWN 2 -S29 TWIN LOCKED LHWS 2 SPARE
4 -S24 TWIN UNLOCKED LHLS 4 -Y25 TWIN LIFT UP 4 -S25 TWIN UNLOCKED LHWS 4 SPARE
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 30
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
I/O card overview
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
31
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
CAN-Open I/O
-X6 -X7
Center waterside Center landside

2 SPARE 2 SPARE 2 SPARE 2 -Y54 TWIN HOOK UNLOCK RIGHT
4 SPARE 4 SPARE 4 -S119 TWIN IN 45FT LIMIT 4 -Y53 TWIN HOOK LOCK RIGHT

2 SPARE 2 SPARE 2 SPARE 2 -Y44 TWIN HOOK UNLOCK LEFT
4 -S160 TWIN ATTACHLEFT 4 SPARE 4 -S161 TWIN ATTACH RIGHT 4 -Y43 TWIN HOOK LOCK LEFT

2 -S102 TWIN HOOK DISCONNECTED LEFT 2 SPARE 2 -S103 TWIN HOOK DISCONNECTED RIGHT 2 -Y56 TWIN RETRACT RIGHT
4 -S100 TWIN HOOK CONNECTED LEFT 4 SPARE 4 -S101 TWIN HOOK CONNECTED RIGHT 4 -Y55 TWIN EXPAND RIGHT

2 SPARE 2 SPARE 2 -S118 TWIN IN 40FT POSITION LEFT 2 -Y46 TWIN RETRACT LEFT
4 -S112 TWINLIFT UNITS IN ZERO GAP LEFT 4 Y41 HIGH PRESSURE VALVE 4 -S113 TWINLIFT UNITS IN ZERO GAP RIGHT 4 -Y45 TWIN EXPAND LEFT
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 31
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
I/O card overview
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
32
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
CAN-Open I/O
-X8 -X13
Cross fire Middle landside

2 2 2 -S96 TTDS SENSOR 2 SPARE
4 4 4 -S95 TTDS SENSOR 4 SPARE

2 SPARE 2 2 SPARE 2 SPARE
4 SPARE 4 4 -S94 TTDS SENSOR 4 SPARE


2 -Y18 TELESCOPE RETRACT 2 2 -S91 TTDS SENSOR 2 SPARE
4 -Y17 TELESCOPE EXPAND 4 4 -S93 TTDS SENSOR 4 SPARE
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 32
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
I/O card overview
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
33
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A Note: A
If Jumper is connected on the lower
pins (1) the module is an output and
if they are connected on the upper
part (2) it's an input.
1018173
MOUNTING PANEL
5 4 3 2 1
1
CANopen
Connector 2
Sheild CANopen cable
KA1
KA2
KA3
KA4
KA5
KA6
KA7
KA8
KA9
KA10
KA11
KA12
KA13
KA14
KA15
KA16
B 1 CAN ground B
2 CAN Low
3 CAN Shield
ON
ON 4 CAN High
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 CAN VBB
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C C
37.5 x 75
5 4 3 2 1 Address 17 5 4 3 2 1 Address 18
CANopen
ON
X17 CANopen
ON
X18 =A1+X1/5.02
Connector 12345678 Connector 12345678
=A1+X0/6.05 =A1+X0/6.04
KA17
KA18
KA19
KA20
KA21
KA22
KA23
KA24
KA25
KA26
KA27
KA28
KA29
KA30
KA31
KA32
KA1
KA2
KA3
KA4
KA5
KA6
KA7
KA8
KA9
KA10
KA11
KA12
KA13
KA14
KA15
KA16
-B1 -RC1 -Polyswitch1

37.5 x 75
ID64 ID64 F1 F2
EH1
37.5 x 75
D D
G1
75 x 75
Power supply
=A1+X1/5.00
=A1+X1/7.04
=A1+X1/5.04
=A1+X1/5.00
TERMINALS
-F4
-P1
-F3 -P2
E E
EH1
75 x 75
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 33
F
- The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: MOUNTING PANEL TOTAL SH.
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A
CABINET X1 A
GLAND CABLE
1 M25 WM1
B WB1:X7 B
2 M16
3 M16 WB1:X8
4 M20 WSS1
5 M20
6 M16
7 M16
8 M16 SPR EAD ER
STOP
C C
9 M16
10 M20 WY-17 Q1 SS1
HARTING 24P SOCKET
11 M20 WY-18
12 M20 WS83
13 M20 WS84
14 M25 WX100
15 M50 WXP1 0
D D
174
Assembly the 250mm earth braid
between this two pin bults
200
E E
15 X/Y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 Q1 135x215
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 34
F
- The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: GRAPHICS TOTAL SH.
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
PANEL CUT FOR XP2 HARTING 24P
B B
C C
04.4
130 108
28,9
5,3
D D
Ø4,4 32 32
130 43 27
35
140
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 35
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
SPREADER STOP
B B
C C
SS1
D D
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 36
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
JUNCTION BOX X100

GLAND CABLE
1 M16 WX1
2 M16 WX2
B B
-KA1
3 M16 WX3
4 M16 WX4
5 M16 WX5
6 M16 WX6
7 M16 WX7
C C
8 M16 WCAN1:X8
9 M16 WX13
10 M16 BLIND PLUG
11 M16 WB1:X6
D 12 M25 WX100 D
1 2 3 4 5 6
E E
7 8 9 10 11 12
Drain vent Drain vent
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 37
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A SPREADER CONNECTOR XP1 A
WIRE NO.
PIN NO.
PIN DESCRIPTION
1 1 MOTOR LEADS (1L1)

4 3 2 1 3 3 MOTOR LEADS (1L3)

B B
4 4 HEATER 230VAC
5 5 HEATER 230 VN
9 8 7 6 5 6 6 CONTROL POWER (N) 220VAC

7 7 CONTROL POWER (L) 220 VAC
8 8 SPARE
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 9 SPREADER CONNECTED 220VAC
10 10 SPARE
11 11 SPARE
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 12 12 SPARE
C 13 13 MOTOR LEADS (1L1) C
28 27 26 25 24 23 15 15 MOTOR LEADS (1L3)
16 16 SPARE
17 17 SPARE
33 32 31 30 29 18 18 SPARE
19 19 SPARE
20 20 SPARE
36 35 34 21 21 SPARE
22 22 SPARE
D D
23 23 SPARE
24 24 SPARE
VIEW FROM SOLDERING SIDE 25 25 SPARE
26 26 SPARE
27 27 SPARE
28 28 SPARE
Bromma Art Num DESCRIPTION ODU Oder Number
29 29 SPARE
75707 SOCKET ODU 309 309 010 000 642 000 30 30 SPARE
74410 INSERT MALE 37P 309 803 150 037 151 31 31 BCAN-H
E 73272 GLAND SR PG 42 32 32 BCAN-L E
33 33 SPARE
34 34 SPARE
35 35 SPARE
36 36 SPARE
PE 37 PROTECTIVE EARTH
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 38
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A
HARTING SOCKET 24P XP2 A
WITH MALE INSERTS
WIRE NUMBER
PIN NUMBER
B B
1 1 24VDC CONTROL VOLTAGE

2 2 0VDC CONTROL VOLTAGE
104
3 3 TWL UNLOCK CMD
4 4 TWL LOCK CMD
C 5 5 TELE RETRACT CMD C
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
6 6 TELE EXPAND CMD
27
7 7 TWIN UP CMD
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 8 8 TWIN DOWN CMD
9 9 ALL FLIPPERS UP CMD
10 10 ALL FLIPPERS DOWN CMD
11 11 ALL UNLOCKED SIGNAL
12 12 ALL LOCKED SIGNAL
D 13 13 ALL LANDED SIGNAL D
Socket: 09 30 024 0302 (71944) 14 14 TELE IN20FT SIGNAL
Insert: 09 33 024 2601(71946) 15 15 TELE IN40FT SIGNAL
16 16 TELE IN45FT SIGNAL
17 17 TWIN UP SIGNAL
18 18 TWIN DOWN SIGNAL
19 19 SPARE
20 20 SPARE
21 21 SPARE
E E
22 22 SPARE
23 23 SPARE
24 PE PROTECTION EARTH
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 39
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A
SPREADER LAYOUT A
WATER SIDE
Y17 Y18
Y54 Y53
Y25 Y26
Y44 Y43
Y27 Y28
X5 X6
S25 TW UNLOCKED LEFT S26 TW UNLOCKED RIGHT
LEFT S29 TW LOCKED LEFT S30 TW LOCKED RIGHT
Y46 Y45
S33 TW LANDED LEFT S34 TW LANDED RIGHT
FLIPPER #2 S2 UNLOCKED S37 TW UP LEFT S38 TW UP RIGHT Y56 Y55 FLIPPER #3
S6 LOCKED S3 UNLOCKED
S10 LANDED S7 LOCKED
S11 LANDED
B B
*
FLIPPER 1 Y1-Y2
FLIPPER 2 Y3-Y4
X100 TWISTLOCK Y15-Y16
TWISTLOCK Y7-Y8
FLIPPER 3 Y9-Y10
FLIPPER 4 Y11-Y12
C S1 UNLOCKED C
S5 LOCKED WHL5-8 S4 UNLOCKED
S9 LANDED WHL1-4 GRYB
XP1 S8 LOCKED
SCS3 GRYB
S12 LANDED
FLIPPER #1 FLIPPER #4
X13 X4 X7
TTDS S90
TTDS S91 S24 TW UNLOCKED LEFT S27 TW UNLOCKED RIGHT RIGHT
S28 TW LOCKED LEFT S31 TW LOCKED RIGHT
TTDS S92
S32 TW LANDED LEFT S35 TW LANDED RIGHT
TTDS S93
S36 TW UP LEFT S39 TW UP RIGHT
TTDS S94
D TTDS S95 D
TTDS S96
LAND SIDE
Pulley side Gear side
LEFT DRAWBAR RIGHT DRAWBAR
E S100 S102 S160 S101 S103 S161 E

S119
S118 S113
DRAWBAR DRAWBAR
S112 E-E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

- STS45 40
F
63
F
DRAWING DATE:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
UNIT ITEM QTY DIAGRAM REF BROMMA No. DENOMINATION MANUFACTURE SUPPLIER TYPE / ARTICLE NUMBER / TECHNICAL DATA
X0 -B1 1 =A1+X0/6.02 1008029 SCS 3 PLC Bromma CC-System C000048-511112010 C000048-511112010 Master controller with display
X0 -Bucket Part X1 10 =A1+X1/5.09 1028257 TERMINAL JUMPER PHOENIX PHOENIX FBS 2-5 3030161 2-WAY
X0 -Bucket Part X1 50 =A1+X1/5.09 76577 CABLE RK 1.5 BLUE TÄLJE EL-PRODUKTER AB RK 1.5 BLÅ
X0 -Bucket Part X1 6 =A1+X1/5.09 701017 GLAND MS-M20 7-13mm SKINTOP MILTRONIC SKINTOP MS-M20 53112020 M20x1.5
X0 -Bucket Part X1 25 =A1+X1/5.09 1017491 SCREW MRX M5x10
X0 -Bucket Part X1 10 =A1+X1/5.09 1028254 TERMINAL SEPARATOR PLATE PHOENIX PHOENIX D-STS 2,5 3031762 END COVER
X0 -Bucket Part X1 4 =A1+X1/5.09 1039351 ALOFREE CABLEDUCT 50X75 Black Canalplast Canalplast NXA057 090107 Halogen Free Trunking(0.5M)
X0 -Bucket Part X1 1 =A1+X1/5.09 78691 EARTH BRAID 100mm ELFA ELFA AB 55 090 39 55-097-32
X0 -Bucket Part X1 10 =A1+X1/5.09 76155 CABLE RK 2.5 BLUE MILTRONIC AB 11 01 46
X0 -Bucket Part X1 1 =A1+X1/5.09 75618 SHRINK HOUSE 85/25 NELCO CONTACT NELCO CONTACT MWTM-85/25-1000/172
X0 -Bucket Part X1 100 =A1+X1/5.09 79919 FERULLE 1.5 ISOL WEIDMÜLLER AB WEIDMÜLLER AB 10-00900429-1 9004340000
X0 -Bucket Part X1 1 =A1+X1/5.09 1028270 TERMINAL MARKING PHOENIX PHOENIX UC-TMF 5 51500235 61-120,U,V,W1-5
X0 -Bucket Part X1 20 =A1+X1/5.09 75381 CABLE RK 1.5mm2 RED
X0 -Bucket Part X1 2 =A1+X1/5.09 1007512 Gland DIX LAPPKABEL MILTRONIC AB 125914 125914 M25 2x6mm
X0 -Bucket Part X1 20 =A1+X1/5.09 701193 FERRULES 4.0 ISOL WAGO WAGO 216-207 216-207
X0 -Bucket Part X1 1 =A1+X1/5.09 78127 WARNING SIGN TRIANGEL MÄRKO-TRYCK MÄRKO-TRYCK AB 200X200 EL 38912 (200X200)
X0 -Bucket Part X1 50 =A1+X1/5.09 79918 FERRULE 0.5 ISOL. WEIDMÜLLER AB WEIDMÜLLER AB 10-00900427-1 9004270000
X0 -Bucket Part X1 4 =A1+X1/5.09 1001911 GLAND NUT LAPP MILTRONIC 52103030 52103030 FOR GLAND M25
X0 -Bucket Part X1 10 =A1+X1/5.09 1028266 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 3036042 PHOENIX 3-level Feed-through ST 2,5-3L 3-level
X0 -Bucket Part X1 2 =A1+X1/5.09 1028269 TERMINAL MARKING PHOENIX PHOENIX UC-TMF 5 51500234 1-60,L1-3,L,+,-
X0 -Bucket Part X1 1 =A1+X1/5.09 700928 EARTH-RAIL 12/3 ABB Nordkomp. ABB Nordkomp. SK117905-12 SK117905-12
X0 -Bucket Part X1 5 =A1+X1/5.09 76131 CABLE RK 2.5 YELLOW/GREEN PE MILTRONIC AB 02-034-92 11 01 48
X0 -Bucket Part X1 20 =A1+X1/5.09 70595 CABLE RK 2,5 BLACK MILTRONIC AB 02-034-22 11 01 41
X0 -Bucket Part X1 5 =A1+X1/5.09 1028256 TERMINAL END STOP PHOENIX PHOENIX CLIPFIX 35-5 3022276 END BRACKET
X0 -Bucket Part X1 1 =A1+X1/5.09 78692 EARTH BRAID 200mm ELFA ELFA AB 55 090 54 55-097-57
X0 -Bucket Part X1 50 =A1+X1/5.09 79921 FERRULE 2.5 ISOL WEIDMÜLLER AB WEIDMÜLLER AB 10-00900436-1 9004360000
X0 -Bucket Part X1 1 =A1+X1/5.09 71986 RAIL DIN 35 HELLERMANN TYTON AB TS 35 C/20
X0 -Bucket Part X1 4 =A1+X1/5.09 1039356 ALOFREE CABLEDUCT 75X75 Black Canalplast Canalplast NXA077 090121 Halogen Free Trunking(0.5M)
X0 -Bucket Part X1 4 =A1+X1/5.09 700565 GLAND PLUG M25 MILTRONIC MILTRONIC SKINDICHT-BL-M25 12 12 33 M25
X0 -Bucket Part X1 100 =A1+X1/5.09 79920 FERRULE 0.75 ISOL. WEIDMÜLLER AB WEIDMÜLLER AB 10-00900434-1 9004290000
X0 -Bucket Part X2 1 =A1+X0/28.06 BR1102889 Foam support for X100 relay DS Rubber DS Rubber
X0 -Bucket Part X2 1 =A1+X0/28.06 1037371 Fuse Terminal Jumper Phoenix Contact FBS 10-8 3030323 10 ways
X0 -Polyswitch1 1 =A1+X0/6.04 1027832 Polyswitch CC System CC System CAN protection adapter 200mm
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 41
This drawing is copyright, and is ZPMC, CICT, Sri Lanka
Part list
SERIAL NO. CONT.
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Parts list: (1008029 - 1027832) TOTAL SH.
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X0 -R1 1 =A1+X0/11.09 1002390 RESISTOR 120ohm 0,25W Elfa Elfa 60-103-83 60-103-83
X0 -R2 1 =A1+X0/13.09 1002390 RESISTOR 120ohm 0,25W Elfa Elfa 60-103-83 60-103-83
X0 -S1 1 =A1+X0/11.01 1034213 PROXIMITY SWITCH M30 F IFM IFM II5945 II5945 M30 SN:15 10-36VDC M12 3WIRE
X0 -S83 1 =A1+X1/8.01 700188 ULTRA SONIC SENSOR SIEMENS SIEMENS 3RG6014-3AF00 600->6000mm
X0 -S84 1 =A1+X1/8.02 700198 ULTRA SONIC SENSOR PRPPERL+FUCHS GYCOM AUTOMATION AB UB6000-30GM-E2-V15 UB6000-30GM-E2-V15 800->6000mm
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 42
Part list
SERIAL NO. CONT.
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X0 -SS1 1 =A1+X1/8.04 1001909 GLAND NUT LAPP MILTRONIC 52103010 52103010 FOR GLAND M16
X0 -SS1 1 =A1+X1/8.04 1000374 Box with one hole TELEMEC SCHNIEDER XALD01 XALD01 Use with Schneider Style 5 switches
X0 -SS1 1 =A1+X1/8.04 70536 SIGNPLATE (+GRAVERING) TELEMECANIQUE IDEALGRAVYR AB GRAVERING ENL BILAGA dia. 25mm
X0 -SS1 1 =A1+X1/8.04 1001672 GLAND MS-M16 4.5-10mm SKINTOP MILTRONIC ST-M16x1,5 12 09 36 M16x1.5 PLASTIC
X0 -SS1 1 =A1+X1/8.04 1000715 Trigger action button red TELEMEC SCHNEIDER XB5-AS8445 XB5-AS8445 Red Ø40, complete with 1NO and 1NC block
X0 -WB1:X1 1 =A1+X0/6.03 70396 CABLE CONNECTOR 10M LUMBERG MILTRONIC RKWT 5-228/10M 40 51 92 M12 ANGLE FEMALE open end
X0 -WB1:X6 1 =A1+X0/6.06 1016668 Can Open Cable Open End Lumberg 0935 253 104/10m 0935 253 104/10m Male straight Open End
X0 -WB1:X7 1 =A1+X0/6.05 1028280 CANopen cable end resistor IFM E12215 E12215 M12 angle 5pole-open end / 6m
X0 -WCAN1:X8 1 =A1+X0/28.04 1011585 CABLE CONNECTOR 10M LUMBERG LUMBERG 0935 253 105/10M 0935 253 105/10M M12 CAN OPEN WITH OPEN END
X0 -WHE1 7 =A1+X1/5.01 76579 CABLE LAPP MILTRONIC ÖLFLEX PUR S 07 14 75 3x1,5mm² PUR
X0 -WM1 7 =A1+X1/5.01 70996 CABLE LAPP MILTRONIC ÖLFLEX -500P 10 05 61 4x2,5mm² PUR
X0 -WS1-S5 1 =A1+X0/11.01 1023804 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,0m IFM IFM ASB 2-RKWT/LED A 4-3-90/2.0M 40 49 18 M12 Twin cable Prox.
X0 -WS9 1 =A1+X0/11.05 79293 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,0M IFM IFM RSWT 4-RKWT 4-165/2.0M 40 49 05 M12 2xANGLE
X0 -WS83 1 =A1+X1/8.01 79581 CABLE CONNECTOR X0,34 10M LUMBERG IFM E10965 E10965 5x0.34mm, female angle, 30VAC / 36VDC
X0 -WS84 1 =A1+X1/8.02 79581 CABLE CONNECTOR X0,34 10M LUMBERG IFM E10965 E10965 5x0.34mm, female angle, 30VAC / 36VDC
X0 -WS90-S91 1 =A1+X0/25.01 1023805 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,5M LUMBERG MILTRONIC ASB 2 RKWT/LED A4-3-90/2,5M 40 49 21 M12 Twin cable Prox.
X0 -WS94 1 =A1+X0/25.05 79294 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,5M LUMBERG MILTRONIC RSWT 4-RKWT 4-165/2,5M 40 49 06 M12 2xANGLE
X0 -WS112 1 =A1+X0/19.01 79294 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,5M LUMBERG MILTRONIC RSWT 4-RKWT 4-165/2,5M 40 49 06 M12 2xANGLE
X0 -WS113-WS118 1 =A1+X0/21.01 1023805 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,5M LUMBERG MILTRONIC ASB 2 RKWT/LED A4-3-90/2,5M 40 49 21 M12 Twin cable Prox.
X0 -WS119 1 =A1+X0/21.07 79295 CABLE CONNECTOR 3,5M RSWT 4-RKWT 4-165/3.5M 40 49 07 M12 2xANGLE
X0 -WSS1 5 =A1+X1/8.04 1003694 CABLE LAPP Miltronic ÖLFLEX -855P 072206 5x0,5mm² PUR
X0 -WTWIN4 1 =A1+X0/15.01 1017442 Multi Cable Separated Twinbox (L:5m) Replace Cable 1002207
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 43
Part list
SERIAL NO. CONT.
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X0 -WTWIN9 1 =A1+X0/19.03 1002209 CABLE CONNECTOR 10M OEM Automatic OEM Multicable 1twin+1angle M12+3xM12 angle
X0 -WTWIN10 1 =A1+X0/21.03 1002209 CABLE CONNECTOR 10M OEM Automatic OEM Multicable 1twin+1angle M12+3xM12 angle
X0 -WX1 10 =A1+X0/28.01 1001860 CABLE LAPPKABEL MILTRONIC 060516 060516 Can-Open 3x2x0,25 + 3x1.0
X0 -WX8-PS1 1 =A1+X0/23.05 1025282 10m Cable connector M23 ,7p Angle female
X0 -WX100 10 =A1+X0/28.07 701118 CABLE LAPP MILTRONIC ÖLFLEX-FD 855P 07 23 64 12x2.5mm² PUR
X0 -WX-ID1 1 =A1+X0/23.08 1012916 M12 NODE ID CABLE FOR MX3 ID PLUG MX3 CROSSFIRE ID8
X0 -WXP1 7 =A1+X1/5.00 701222 CABLE LAPP MILTRONIC NEOFLEX 07 98 20 37x2,5mm² NEOFLEX
X0 -WY1-Y2 1 =A1+X0/12.03 1018339 CABLE CONNECTOR KIT REPLACING 700964
X0 -WY17-18 1 =A1+X0/24.00 700032 PLUG M12 CONNECTOR M LUMBERG MILTRONIC AB RSCW4/7 40 52 15 90degree angle male, PG7
X0 -WY17-18 1 =A1+X0/24.00 1012796 Cable Connector LUMBERG M12 Twin Suppressor MX3
X0 -WY17-18 1 =A1+X0/24.00 1022116 CABLE CONNECTOR 5M LUMBERG LUMBERG RSWT 4-RKT 4-225/5M RSWT 4-RKT 4-225/5M M12 ANGLE & STRAIGHT
X0 -WY41 1 =A1+X0/20.01 79332 CABLE CONNECTOR 3,0M MURRELEKTRONIK BALLUFF 33115 M12 SUPPRESSOR 24VDC ANGLE
X0 -WY45-WY46 1 =A1+X0/22.01 1019537 Double Valve Plug Connection MURR Elektronik 7000-41601-636 0000 7000-41601-636 0000 Suppression 200mm
X0 -WY45-WY46 1 =A1+X0/22.01 1019431 Cable Connector2.0m Lumberg RSWT 5-RKT 5-612/2.0M RSWT 5-RKT 5-612/2.0M5 POL, Male Angle Female Straight
X0 -WY55-WY56 1 =A1+X0/22.03 1019537 Double Valve Plug Connection MURR Elektronik 7000-41601-636 0000 7000-41601-636 0000 Suppression 200mm
X0 -WY55-WY56 1 =A1+X0/22.03 1019431 Cable Connector2.0m Lumberg RSWT 5-RKT 5-612/2.0M RSWT 5-RKT 5-612/2.0M5 POL, Male Angle Female Straight
X0 -X2 1 =A1+X0/11.00 1001762 IFM MODULE CAN-OPEN IFM-Electronic IFM-Electronic CR9011 CR9011 8 in / 8 out
X0 -X2 2 =A1+X0/11.00 79282 GLAND PLUG MURR MILTRONIC AB ZVKM12 40 57 05 ASB BOX PLUGS M12
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 44
Part list
SERIAL NO. CONT.
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X0 -X8 1 =A1+X0/23.00 1011724 CROSSFIRE MX3 CC System CC System MX3
X0 -XP1 1 73272 GLAND SR PG42 32-35mm LAPP MILTRONIC AB SKINDICHT-SR 42/35 12 02 35
X0 -XP1 1 74410 INSERT 37P (M) ODU ODU GUNNAR PETTERSON AB 309 803 050 037 309 803 050 037 ODU 309 37 POL MALE
X0 -XP1 1 75707 SOCKET ODU 309 ODU GUNNAR P 309 010 000 642 000 309 010 000 642 000
X0 :- 1 =A1+X0/23.06 1028251 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN BU 3036275 3-CONDUCTOR BLUE
X0 :+ 1 =A1+X0/23.06 1028250 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
X1 -B1 1 =A1+X1/5.02 78911 THERMOSTAT RITTAL RITTAL SK3110.000 SK3110.000 24-230VAC/ 60-24VDC 5-55'C 1NC
X1 -E1 1 =A1+X1/5.00 1020916 Base element for CAN BUS filter Phoenix PT 1X2+F-BE Ref: 2856126 PT Plug for 2-core floating signal
X1 -E1 1 =A1+X1/5.00 1020915 Surge protection plug (CAN BUS filter) Phoenix PT 3-HF-12DC-ST Ref: 2858043 Protection for 2 floating signal wires
X1 -EH1 1 =A1+X1/5.03 1001690 HEATER CABINET STEGO OEM AUTOMATIC HG140 14001.0-01 30W 110-250V AC/DC
X1 -F1 1 =A1+X1/5.06 1028263 TERMINAL BLADE FUSE PHOENIX PHOENIX ST 4-FSI/C 3036372 2-CONDUCTOR BLACK
X1 -F1 2 =A1+X1/5.06 1040676 Terminal Jumper Phoenix Contact Phoenix Contact 3030284 3030284 FBS 2-8
X1 -F1 1 =A1+X1/5.06 79369 FUSE 10A Littelfuse ELFA AB 33-051-41 33-051-41 Blade fuse 10A
X1 -F1 1 =A1+X1/5.06 1028262 TERMINAL SEPARATOR PLATE PHOENIX PHOENIX D-STTBS 2,5 3038503 END COVER
X1 -F2 1 =A1+X1/5.06 1028263 TERMINAL BLADE FUSE PHOENIX PHOENIX ST 4-FSI/C 3036372 2-CONDUCTOR BLACK
X1 -F2 1 =A1+X1/5.06 79370 FUSE 20A Littelfuse ELFA AB 33-051-66 Blade fuse 20A
X1 -F3 1 =A1+X1/5.04 1001829 MCB 2-POL 10A SIEMENS SIEMENS 5SY6 210-7 C-CHARACTER
X1 -F4 1 =A1+X1/5.00 700178 MCB 1-POL 2A MERLIN GERIN SCHNEIDER 24626 2112406 D-CHARACTER
X1 -G1 1 =A1+X1/5.04 1001859 POWER SUPPLY 90-255VAC/ 24VDC PrimePower OEM-Automatic 0036515 0036515 30A / 0-400HZ
X1 -HINK_Cabinet X1 1 =A1+X1/5.09 1008578 Cabinet X1 1200x430x200
X1 -KA1 1 =A1+X1/7.01 78513 OUTPUT MODULE 0-60VDC DELCON/AXIOM OEM-AUTOMATIC AB SLO 24 CR SLO 24 CR 0-60VDC 3A
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 45
Part list
SERIAL NO. CONT.
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X1 -KA9 1 =A1+X1/8.01 78509 INPUT MODULE 24VDC DELCON/AXIOM OEM-AUTOMATIC AB SLI 24 CR SLI 24CR Sek: 0-60VDC 50mA
X1 -P1 1 =A1+X1/5.00 70873 TIMECOUNTER 380 VAC BAUSER METRIC AB 632A.2 380VAC 24-0015-78 50Hz
X1 -P2 1 =A1+X1/7.04 76140 PULSECOUNTER 190.07 24V DC BAUSER METRIC AB 632 A.2 24VDC 24-2032-25DC
X1 -Q1 1 =A1+X1/5.01 700870 SEALING IP65 BACO OEM 0172267 0172267
X1 -Q1 1 =A1+X1/5.01 700871 AUXILIARY BLOCK BACO OEM-AUTOMATIC AB 0172179 172179 NO+NC 400V 10A SIGNALCONTACT
X1 -Q1 1 =A1+X1/5.01 700868 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER BACO OEM 0172200 0172200 50A
X1 -Q1 1 =A1+X1/5.01 700869 LOCK HANDLE GREY 66X66mm BACO OEM 0174601 0174601 PG16
X1 -RC1 1 =A1+X0/6.05 1020915 Surge protection plug (CAN BUS filter) Phoenix PT 3-HF-12DC-ST Ref: 2858043 Protection for 2 floating signal wires
X1 -RC1 1 =A1+X0/6.05 1020916 Base element for CAN BUS filter Phoenix PT 1X2+F-BE Ref: 2856126 PT Plug for 2-core floating signal
X1 -WXP2 1 =A1+X1/9.01 78703 CABLE LAPP MILTRONIC ÖLFLEX 855P 07 23 42 25x1,5mm² PUR
X1 -X17 1 =A1+X1/8.00 1037621 Can Open IO The Plank Can Open IO for Indoor Use
X1 -X17 2 =A1+X1/8.00 1018173 CABLE CLIP AQ Mekatronik AQ MEKATRONIK AQM6001-6 AQM6001-6 CABEL DIM. 6mm
X1 -X18 1 =A1+X1/10.00 1037621 Can Open IO The Plank Can Open IO for Indoor Use
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 46
Part list
SERIAL NO. CONT.
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X1 -X18 2 =A1+X1/10.00 1018173 CABLE CLIP AQ Mekatronik AQ MEKATRONIK AQM6001-6 AQM6001-6 CABEL DIM. 6mm
X1 -XP2 1 71944 SOCKET 24P HARTING OEM-AUTOMATIC AB 09 30 024 0302 9300240302 HARTING 24P COVER 2xHOOK
X1 -XP2 1 71946 INSERT 24P (M) HARTING OEM-AUTOMATIC AB 09 33 024 2601 9330242601 HARTING 1-24P SCREW TERMINAL
X1 :1 1 =A1+X1/5.07 1028250 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
X1 :1L1 1 =A1+X1/5.01 1028268 TERMINAL SEPARATOR PLATE PHOENIX PHOENIX D-ST 2,5-3L 3036660 END COVER
X1 :1L1 1 =A1+X1/5.01 1028266 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 3036042 PHOENIX 3-level Feed-through ST 2,5-3L 3-level
X1 :1L1 1 =A1+X1/5.01 1028268 TERMINAL SEPARATOR PLATE PHOENIX PHOENIX D-ST 2,5-3L 3036660 END COVER
X1 :1L1 1 =A1+X1/5.01 1028250 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
X1 :1L1 1 =A1+X1/5.01 1028266 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 3036042 PHOENIX 3-level Feed-through ST 2,5-3L 3-level
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 47
Part list
SERIAL NO. CONT.
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X1 :B1+ 1 =A1+X1/8.02 1028250 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
X1 :H 1 =A1+X0/6.05 1028250 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
X1 :HL 1 =A1+X1/5.02 1028250 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
X1 :HN 1 =A1+X1/5.02 1028250 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
X1 :L 1 =A1+X1/5.04 1028250 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 48
Part list
SERIAL NO. CONT.
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X1 :L 1 =A1+X0/6.05 1028250 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
X1 :N 1 =A1+X1/5.04 1028250 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
X1 :U 1 =A1+X1/5.01 1028262 TERMINAL SEPARATOR PLATE PHOENIX PHOENIX D-STTBS 2,5 3038503 END COVER
X1 :U 1 =A1+X1/5.01 1028259 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 3038464 PHOENIX 2-level Feed-through STTBS 2,5 2-level
X1 :V 1 =A1+X1/5.01 1028259 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 3038464 PHOENIX 2-level Feed-through STTBS 2,5 2-level
X1 :W 1 =A1+X1/5.01 1028259 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 3038464 PHOENIX 2-level Feed-through STTBS 2,5 2-level
X8 -XP3 1 1041124 Magnetic absolute multi-turn encoder Baumer Baumer BMMV 58K5N24C12/10600966 11048707 SSI, RS 422
X8 -XP3 1 1012096 PLUG M12 CONNECTOR MALE Miltronic Lumberg RSC 8/9 40 52 30 8-pin straight Male
X8 -XP3 1 1029322 Cable connector 3m Lumberg Miltronic RST 8-RKT 8-282/3M RST 8-RKT 8-282/3M M12 X 2 straight, 8 pole
X100 -HINK_CAB100 1 =A1+X0/28.07 1019885 CABINET X100 STS, YTS SPREADER BROMMA BROMMA 1019885 1019885 C/C 430x150
X100 -KA1 1 =A1+X0/28.03 1012782 RELECO CLIP RELECO S7CP S7CP for 2 switching
X100 -KA1 1 =A1+X0/28.03 78980 RELAY SOCKET 2-SWITCHING RELECO OEM-AUTOMATIC AB 40 165 54 S7M Relay socket 2 Switching
X100 -KA1 1 =A1+X0/28.03 78986 AUXILIARY CONTACTOR RELECO OEM C7 A20 D24D C7 A20 D24D 24VDC 2-SWITCHING
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 49
Part list
SERIAL NO. CONT.
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
FROM PIN No. CABLE CORE TO TERMINAL No. TYPE ART. NR. QTY SHEET
B1 -X1 1 -WB1:X1 BN X1 -X1 :B1+ CABLE CONNECTOR 10M M12 ANGLE FEMALE open end 70396 1 =A1+X0/6.03
B1 -X1 2 -WB1:X1 WH X1 -X1 :B1+ CABLE CONNECTOR 10M M12 ANGLE FEMALE open end 70396 1 =A1+X0/6.03
B1 -X1 3 -WB1:X1 BU X1 -X1 : - CABLE CONNECTOR 10M M12 ANGLE FEMALE open end 70396 1 =A1+X0/6.03
B1 -X1 4 -WB1:X1 BK X1 -X1 : - CABLE CONNECTOR 10M M12 ANGLE FEMALE open end 70396 1 =A1+X0/6.03
-WB1:X6 BRN
-WB1:X6 WHT
-WB1:X6 BLU
B1 -X6 4 -WB1:X6 WH X100 -X100 :30 Can Open Cable Open End Male straight Open End 1016668 1 =A1+X0/28.04
B1 -X6 5 -WB1:X6 BU X100 -X100 :40 Can Open Cable Open End Male straight Open End 1016668 1 =A1+X0/28.05
X0 -WB1:X7 -WB1:X7 X0 -Poly1 1 CANopen cable end resistor M12 angle 5pole-open end / 6m 1028280 1 =A1+X0/6.04
X1 -RC1 10 -WB1:X7 X0 -Poly1 3 CANopen cable end resistor M12 angle 5pole-open end / 6m 1028280 1 =A1+X0/6.05
X1 -RC1 8 -WB1:X7 WH X0 -Poly1 4 CANopen cable end resistor M12 angle 5pole-open end / 6m 1028280 1 =A1+X0/6.05
X1 -RC1 12 -WB1:X7 BU X0 -Poly1 5 CANopen cable end resistor M12 angle 5pole-open end / 6m 1028280 1 =A1+X0/6.05
-WCAN1:X8 RED
-WCAN1:X8 BLACK
X8 -CAN1 4 -WCAN1:X8 WHITE X100 -X100 :30 CABLE CONNECTOR 10M M12 CAN OPEN WITH OPEN END 1011585 1 =A1+X0/28.04
X8 -CAN1 5 -WCAN1:X8 BLUE X100 -X100 :40 CABLE CONNECTOR 10M M12 CAN OPEN WITH OPEN END 1011585 1 =A1+X0/28.05
-WCAN1:X8 SHIELD
-WHE1 BN X1 -X1 :HL CABLE 3x1,5mm² PUR 76579 7 =A1+X1/5.02
X0 -EH2 2 -WHE1 BU X1 -X1 :HN CABLE 3x1,5mm² PUR 76579 7 =A1+X1/5.02
X0 -M1 U1 -WM1 BN X1 -X1 :U CABLE 4x2,5mm² PUR 70996 7 =A1+X1/5.01
X0 -M1 V1 -WM1 BK X1 -X1 :V CABLE 4x2,5mm² PUR 70996 7 =A1+X1/5.01
X0 -M1 W1 -WM1 GY X1 -X1 :W CABLE 4x2,5mm² PUR 70996 7 =A1+X1/5.01
-WM1 PE X1 -X1 :PE CABLE 4x2,5mm² PUR 70996 7 =A1+X1/5.01
-WS9 1
-WS9 2
-WS9 3
X2 -XP5 4 -WS9 1 X0 -S9 4 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,0M M12 2xANGLE 79293 1 =A1+X0/11.05
-WS10 1
-WS10 2
-WS10 3
-WS11 1
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 50
Cable list the property of BROMMA CONQUIP AB.
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CABLE LIST
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
51
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
-WS11 2
-WS11 3
-WS12 1
-WS12 B
-WS12 3
X0 -S83 4 -WS83 BK X1 -X1 :58 CABLE CONNECTOR X0,34 10M 5x0.34mm, female angle, 30VAC / 36VDC 79581 1 =A1+X1/8.01
X0 -S83 2 -WS83 4 X1 -X1 :70 CABLE CONNECTOR X0,34 10M 5x0.34mm, female angle, 30VAC / 36VDC 79581 1 =A1+X1/8.01
X0 -S83 3 -WS83 BU X1 -X1 :- CABLE CONNECTOR X0,34 10M 5x0.34mm, female angle, 30VAC / 36VDC 79581 1 =A1+X1/8.02
X0 -S83 1 -WS83 BN X1 -X1 :B1+ CABLE CONNECTOR X0,34 10M 5x0.34mm, female angle, 30VAC / 36VDC 79581 1 =A1+X1/8.02
X0 -S84 4 -WS84 BK X1 -X1 :59 CABLE CONNECTOR X0,34 10M 5x0.34mm, female angle, 30VAC / 36VDC 79581 1 =A1+X1/8.02
X0 -S84 3 -WS84 BU X1 -X1 :- CABLE CONNECTOR X0,34 10M 5x0.34mm, female angle, 30VAC / 36VDC 79581 1 =A1+X1/8.03
X0 -S84 1 -WS84 BN X1 -X1 :B1+ CABLE CONNECTOR X0,34 10M 5x0.34mm, female angle, 30VAC / 36VDC 79581 1 =A1+X1/8.03
-WS94 1
-WS94 2
-WS94 3
-WS112 1
-WS112 2
-WS112 3
-WS119 1
-WS119 2
-WS119 3
-WS1-S5 1
X0 -S1 4 -WS1-S5 F1 X2 -XP1 4 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,0m M12 Twin cable Prox. 1023804 1 =A1+X0/11.01
-WS1-S5 3
-WS2-S6 1
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 51
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CABLE LIST
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
52
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
-WS2-S6 3
-WS3-S7 1
-WS3-S7 3
-WS4-S8 1
-WS4-S8 3
X0 -S91 4 -WS90-S91 2 X13 -XP1 2 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,5M M12 Twin cable Prox. 1023805 1 =A1+X0/25.02
-WS90-S91 4
-WS90-S91 3
-WS92-S93 2
-WS92-S93 3
-WS95-S96 1
-WS95-S96 3
-WS113-WS118 1
X0 -S113 4 -WS113-WS118 4 X7 -XP1 4 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,5M M12 Twin cable Prox. 1023805 1 =A1+X0/21.01
X0 -S118 4 -WS113-WS118 2 X7 -XP1 2 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,5M M12 Twin cable Prox. 1023805 1 =A1+X0/21.02
-WS113-WS118 3
X0 -SS1 12 -WSS1 1 X1 -X1 :61 CABLE 5x0,5mm² PUR 1003694 5 =A1+X1/8.04
X0 -SS1 11 -WSS1 2 X1 -X1 :+ CABLE 5x0,5mm² PUR 1003694 5 =A1+X1/8.05
X0 -S32 4 -WTWIN4 2A X4 -XP3 4 Multi Cable Separated Twinbox (L:5m) Replace Cable 1002207 1017442 1 =A1+X0/15.03
X0 -S36 4 -WTWIN4 2B X4 -XP3 2 Multi Cable Separated Twinbox (L:5m) Replace Cable 1002207 1017442 1 =A1+X0/15.04
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 52
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CABLE LIST
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
53
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X0 -S100 4 -WTWIN9 1A X6 -XP3 4 CABLE CONNECTOR 10M Multicable 1twin+1angle M12+3xM12 angle 1002209 1 =A1+X0/19.03
X0 -S102 4 -WTWIN9 1B X6 -XP3 2 CABLE CONNECTOR 10M Multicable 1twin+1angle M12+3xM12 angle 1002209 1 =A1+X0/19.04
-WTWIN9 2B
X0 -S103 4 -WTWIN10 1B X7 -XP3 2 CABLE CONNECTOR 10M Multicable 1twin+1angle M12+3xM12 angle 1002209 1 =A1+X0/21.04
-WTWIN10 2B
-WX1 white
X1 -X18 5 -WX1 brown X100 -KA1 14 CABLE Can-Open 3x2x0,25 + 3x1.0 1001860 10 =A1+X0/28.01
X1 -X18 1 -WX1 green X100 -X100 :18 CABLE Can-Open 3x2x0,25 + 3x1.0 1001860 10 =A1+X0/28.01
X1 -X18 4 -WX1 WH X100 -X100 :28 CABLE Can-Open 3x2x0,25 + 3x1.0 1001860 10 =A1+X0/28.02
X1 -X18 2 -WX1 BU X100 -X100 :38 CABLE Can-Open 3x2x0,25 + 3x1.0 1001860 10 =A1+X0/28.02
-WX1 pink
-WX1 red
-WX1 blue
-WX1 black
-WX1 gn/ye
X100 -X100 :21 -WX2 white X2 -X0 :1 CABLE Can-Open 3x2x0,25 + 3x1.0 1001860 15 =A1+X0/11.09
X100 -X100 :31 -WX2 brown X2 -X0 :2 CABLE Can-Open 3x2x0,25 + 3x1.0 1001860 15 =A1+X0/11.09
-WX2 green
-WX2 yellow
-WX2 grey
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 53
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CABLE LIST
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
54
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
-WX2 pink
X100 -X100 :1 -WX2 red X2 -X0 :5 CABLE Can-Open 3x2x0,25 + 3x1.0 1001860 15 =A1+X0/12.09
X100 -X100 :11 -WX2 blue X2 -X0 :3 CABLE Can-Open 3x2x0,25 + 3x1.0 1001860 15 =A1+X0/12.09
-WX2 black
-WX2 gn/ye
-WX3 green
-WX3 yellow
-WX3 grey
-WX3 pink
-WX3 black
-WX3 gn/ye
-WX4 green
-WX4 yellow
-WX4 grey
-WX4 pink
-WX4 black
-WX4 gn/ye
-WX5 green
-WX5 yellow
-WX5 grey
-WX5 pink
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 54
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CABLE LIST
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
55
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
-WX5 black
-WX5 gn/ye
-WX6 green
-WX6 yellow
-WX6 grey
-WX6 pink
-WX6 black
-WX6 gn/ye
-WX7 green
-WX7 yellow
-WX7 grey
-WX7 pink
-WX7 black
-WX7 gn/ye
-WX13 green
-WX13 yellow
-WX13 grey
-WX13 pink
-WX13 black
-WX13 gn/ye
X1 -X1 :+ -WX100 7 X100 -X100 :+ CABLE 12x2.5mm² PUR 701118 10 =A1+X0/28.08
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 55
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CABLE LIST
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
56
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X1 -X1 :- -WX100 4 X100 -X100 :- CABLE 12x2.5mm² PUR 701118 10 =A1+X0/28.08
-WX100 9
-WX100 10
-WX100 11
-WX100 PE
X8 -PS1 1 -WX8-PS1 1 X1 -X1 :+ 10m Cable connector M23 ,7p Angle female 1025282 1 =A1+X0/23.05
X8 -PS1 2 -WX8-PS1 2 X1 -X1 :+ 10m Cable connector M23 ,7p Angle female 1025282 1 =A1+X0/23.06
X8 -PS1 3 -WX8-PS1 3 X1 -X1 : - 10m Cable connector M23 ,7p Angle female 1025282 1 =A1+X0/23.06
X8 -PS1 4 -WX8-PS1 4 X1 -X1 : - 10m Cable connector M23 ,7p Angle female 1025282 1 =A1+X0/23.06
-WX8-PS1 5
-WX8-PS1 6
-WX8-PS1 7
X8 -ID1 1 -WX-ID1 1 X8 -X1 001 M12 NODE ID CABLE FOR MX3 ID PLUG MX3 CROSSFIRE ID8 1012916 1 =A1+X0/23.08
X0 -XP1 13 -WXP1 13 X1 -X1 :1L1 CABLE 37x2,5mm² NEOFLEX 701222 7 =A1+X1/5.01
X0 -XP1 31 -WXP1 31 X1 -X1 :H CABLE 37x2,5mm² NEOFLEX 701222 7 =A1+X0/6.05
X0 -XP1 32 -WXP1 32 X1 -X1 :L CABLE 37x2,5mm² NEOFLEX 701222 7 =A1+X0/6.05
X0 -XP1 6 -WXP1 6 X1 -X1 :N CABLE 37x2,5mm² NEOFLEX 701222 7 =A1+X1/5.04
X0 -XP1 9 -WXP1 9 X1 -X1 :9 CABLE 37x2,5mm² NEOFLEX 701222 7 =A1+X1/5.04
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 56
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CABLE LIST
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
57
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
-WXP1 11
-WXP1 12
-WXP1 13
-WXP1 14
-WXP1 15
-WXP1 16
-WXP1 17
-WXP1 18
-WXP1 19
-WXP1 20
-WXP1 21
-WXP1 22
-WXP1 23
-WXP1 24
-WXP1 25
-WXP1 26
-WXP1 27
-WXP1 28
-WXP1 31
X0 -XP1 7 -WXP1 7 X1 -X1 :L CABLE 37x2,5mm² NEOFLEX 701222 7 =A1+X1/5.04
-WXP1 33
-WXP1 34
-WXP1 35
-WXP1 36
-WXP1 37
-WXP1 38
-WXP1 39
-WXP1 40
-WXP1 41
-WXP1 42
-WXP1 43
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 57
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CABLE LIST
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
58
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
-WXP1 44
-WXP1 45
-WXP1 46
-WXP1 47
-WXP1 48
X0 -XP1 24 -WXP1 PE X1 -X1 :PE CABLE 37x2,5mm² NEOFLEX 701222 7 =A1+X1/5.00
-WY41 BK
-WY41 WH
-WY41 BU
X0 -Y41 A1 -WY41 BN X6 -XP2 4 CABLE CONNECTOR 3,0M M12 SUPPRESSOR 24VDC ANGLE 79332 1 =A1+X0/20.01
-WY1-Y2 1
X0 -Y2 1 -WY1-Y2 2 X2 -XP4 2 CABLE CONNECTOR KIT REPLACING 700964 1018339 1 =A1+X0/12.04
-WY1-Y2 3
-WY1-Y2 5
-WY3-Y4 1
-WY3-Y4 3
-WY3-Y4 5
-WY7-Y8 1
-WY7-Y8 3
-WY7-Y8 5
-WY9-Y10 1
-WY9-Y10 3
-WY9-Y10 5
-WY11-Y12 1
-WY11-Y12 3
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 58
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CABLE LIST
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
59
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
-WY11-Y12 5
-WY15-Y16 1
-WY15-Y16 3
-WY15-Y16 5
X0 -Y18 2 -WY17-18 2 X8 -XP1 2 CABLE CONNECTOR

M12 ANGLE
5M;Cable
& STRAIGHT;M12
Connector;PLUGTwin
M12 Suppressor
CONNECTOR MX3;90degree
M 1022116;1012796;700032 1
angle male, PG7 =A1+X0/24.01

M12 ANGLE
5M;Cable
& STRAIGHT;M12
Connector;PLUGTwin
M12 Suppressor
M 1022116;1012796;700032 1

M12 ANGLE
5M;Cable
& STRAIGHT;M12
Connector;PLUGTwin
M12 Suppressor
M 1022116;1012796;700032 1

M12 ANGLE
5M;Cable
& STRAIGHT;M12
Connector;PLUGTwin
M12 Suppressor
M 1022116;1012796;700032 1
-WY25-Y26 1
-WY25-Y26 3
-WY25-Y26 5
-WY27-Y28 1
-WY27-Y28 3
-WY27-Y28 5
X0 -Y44 1 -WY43-Y44 B X7 -XP6 2 CABLE CONNECTOR KIT REPLACING 700964 1018339 1 =A1+X0/22.06
X0 -Y43 1 -WY43-Y44 A X7 -XP6 4 CABLE CONNECTOR KIT REPLACING 700964 1018339 1 =A1+X0/22.05
-WY43-Y44 BU
-WY43-Y44 PE
X0 -Y46 1 -WY45-WY46 B X7 -XP2 2 Cable Connector2.0m;Double Valve Plug Connection

5 POL, Male Angle Female Straight;Suppression 200mm 1019431;1019537 1 =A1+X0/22.02
-WY45-WY46 BU
X0 -Y45 1 -WY45-WY46 A X7 -XP2 4 Cable Connector2.0m;Double Valve Plug Connection

-WY45-WY46 PE
X0 -Y54 1 -WY53-Y54 B X7 -XP8 2 CABLE CONNECTOR KIT REPLACING 700964 1018339 1 =A1+X0/22.08
X0 -Y53 1 -WY53-Y54 A X7 -XP8 4 CABLE CONNECTOR KIT REPLACING 700964 1018339 1 =A1+X0/22.07
-WY53-Y54 BU
-WY53-Y54 PE
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 59
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CABLE LIST
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
60
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X0 -Y56 1 -WY55-WY56 B X7 -XP4 2 Cable Connector2.0m;Double Valve Plug Connection
-WY55-WY56 BU
X0 -Y55 1 -WY55-WY56 A X7 -XP4 4 Cable Connector2.0m;Double Valve Plug Connection

-WY55-WY56 PE
X1 -XP2 1 -WXP2 1 X1 -X2 :1 CABLE 25x1,5mm² PUR 78703 1 =A1+X1/5.07
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 60
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CABLE LIST
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
61
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
UNIT QTY BROMMA No. DENOMINATION MANUFACTURE SUPPLIER TYPE / ARTICLE NUMBER / TECHNICAL DATA
X0 1 1025282 10m Cable connector M23 ,7p Angle female

X0 4 1039351 ALOFREE CABLEDUCT 50X75 Black Canalplast Canalplast NXA057 090107 Halogen Free Trunking(0.5M)
X0 4 1039356 ALOFREE CABLEDUCT 75X75 Black Canalplast Canalplast NXA077 090121 Halogen Free Trunking(0.5M)
X1 1 700871 AUXILIARY BLOCK BACO OEM-AUTOMATIC AB 0172179 172179 NO+NC 400V 10A SIGNALCONTACT
X100 1 78986 AUXILIARY CONTACTOR RELECO OEM C7 A20 D24D C7 A20 D24D 24VDC 2-SWITCHING
X1 2 1020916 Base element for CAN BUS filter Phoenix PT 1X2+F-BE Ref: 2856126 PT Plug for 2-core floating signal
X0 1 1000374 Box with one hole TELEMEC SCHNIEDER XALD01 XALD01 Use with Schneider Style 5 switches
X100 1 1019885 CABINET X100 STS, YTS SPREADER BROMMA BROMMA 1019885 1019885 C/C 430x150
X0 7 70996 CABLE LAPP MILTRONIC ÖLFLEX -500P 10 05 61 4x2,5mm² PUR
X0 7 76579 CABLE LAPP MILTRONIC ÖLFLEX PUR S 07 14 75 3x1,5mm² PUR
X1 1 78703 CABLE LAPP MILTRONIC ÖLFLEX 855P 07 23 42 25x1,5mm² PUR
X0 10 701118 CABLE LAPP MILTRONIC ÖLFLEX-FD 855P 07 23 64 12x2.5mm² PUR
X0 7 701222 CABLE LAPP MILTRONIC NEOFLEX 07 98 20 37x2,5mm² NEOFLEX
X0 69 1001860 CABLE LAPPKABEL MILTRONIC 060516 060516 Can-Open 3x2x0,25 + 3x1.0
X0 5 1003694 CABLE LAPP Miltronic ÖLFLEX -855P 072206 5x0,5mm² PUR
X1 4 1018173 CABLE CLIP AQ Mekatronik AQ MEKATRONIK AQM6001-6 AQM6001-6 CABEL DIM. 6mm
X0 4 79293 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,0M IFM IFM RSWT 4-RKWT 4-165/2.0M 40 49 05 M12 2xANGLE
X0 4 1023804 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,0m IFM IFM ASB 2-RKWT/LED A 4-3-90/2.0M 40 49 18 M12 Twin cable Prox.
X0 2 79294 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,5M LUMBERG MILTRONIC RSWT 4-RKWT 4-165/2,5M 40 49 06 M12 2xANGLE
X0 4 1023805 CABLE CONNECTOR 2,5M LUMBERG MILTRONIC ASB 2 RKWT/LED A4-3-90/2,5M 40 49 21 M12 Twin cable Prox.
X0 1 79332 CABLE CONNECTOR 3,0M MURRELEKTRONIK BALLUFF 33115 M12 SUPPRESSOR 24VDC ANGLE
X0 1 79295 CABLE CONNECTOR 3,5M RSWT 4-RKWT 4-165/3.5M 40 49 07 M12 2xANGLE
X0 1 1022116 CABLE CONNECTOR 5M LUMBERG LUMBERG RSWT 4-RKT 4-225/5M RSWT 4-RKT 4-225/5M
M12 ANGLE & STRAIGHT
X0 1 70396 CABLE CONNECTOR 10M LUMBERG MILTRONIC RKWT 5-228/10M 40 51 92 M12 ANGLE FEMALE open end
X0 2 1002209 CABLE CONNECTOR 10M OEM Automatic OEM Multicable 1twin+1angle M12+3xM12 angle
X0 1 1011585 CABLE CONNECTOR 10M LUMBERG LUMBERG 0935 253 105/10M 0935 253 105/10M
M12 CAN OPEN WITH OPEN END
X0 10 1018339 CABLE CONNECTOR KIT REPLACING 700964
X0 2 79581 CABLE CONNECTOR X0,34 10M LUMBERG IFM E10965 5x0.34mm, female angle, 30VAC / 36VDC
E10965
X0 50 76577 CABLE RK 1.5 BLUE TÄLJE EL-PRODUKTER AB RK 1.5 BLÅ
X0 20 75381 CABLE RK 1.5mm2 RED
X0 20 70595 CABLE RK 2,5 BLACK MILTRONIC AB 02-034-22 11 01 41
X0 10 76155 CABLE RK 2.5 BLUE MILTRONIC AB 11 01 46
X0 5 76131 CABLE RK 2.5 YELLOW/GREEN PE MILTRONIC AB 02-034-92 11 01 48
X0 1 1028280 CANopen cable end resistor IFM E12215 E12215 M12 angle 5pole-open end / 6m
X0 1 1011724 CROSSFIRE MX3 CC System CC System MX3
X1 1 1008578 Cabinet X1 1200x430x200
X0 1 1012796 Cable Connector LUMBERG M12 Twin Suppressor MX3
X0 2 1019431 Cable Connector2.0m Lumberg RSWT 5-RKT 5-612/2.0M RSWT 5-RKT5 5-612/2.0M
POL, Male Angle Female Straight
X8 1 1029322 Cable connector 3m Lumberg Miltronic RST 8-RKT 8-282/3M RST 8-RKT 8-282/3M M12 X 2 straight, 8 pole
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
STS45 61
Part list (Grouped) the property of BROMMA CONQUIP AB.
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
Parts list (grouped): (1025282 - 1029322)
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
62
contained therein, may not be copied 63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X0 1 1016668 Can Open Cable Open End Lumberg 0935 253 104/10m 0935 253 104/10m Male straight Open End
X1 2 1037621 Can Open IO The Plank Can Open IO for Indoor Use
X0 2 1019537 Double Valve Plug Connection MURR Elektronik 7000-41601-636 0000 7000-41601-636 0000 Suppression 200mm
X0 1 78691 EARTH BRAID 100mm ELFA ELFA AB 55 090 39 55-097-32
X0 1 78692 EARTH BRAID 200mm ELFA ELFA AB 55 090 54 55-097-57
X0 1 700928 EARTH-RAIL 12/3 ABB Nordkomp. ABB Nordkomp. SK117905-12 SK117905-12
X0 50 79918 FERRULE 0.5 ISOL. WEIDMÜLLER AB WEIDMÜLLER AB 10-00900427-1 9004270000
X0 100 79920 FERRULE 0.75 ISOL. WEIDMÜLLER AB WEIDMÜLLER AB 10-00900434-1 9004290000
X0 50 79921 FERRULE 2.5 ISOL WEIDMÜLLER AB WEIDMÜLLER AB 10-00900436-1 9004360000
X0 20 701193 FERRULES 4.0 ISOL WAGO WAGO 216-207 216-207
X0 100 79919 FERULLE 1.5 ISOL WEIDMÜLLER AB WEIDMÜLLER AB 10-00900429-1 9004340000
X1 1 79369 FUSE 10A Littelfuse ELFA AB 33-051-41 33-051-41 Blade fuse 10A
X1 1 79370 FUSE 20A Littelfuse ELFA AB 33-051-66 Blade fuse 20A
X0 1 BR1102889 Foam support for X100 relay DS Rubber DS Rubber
X0 1 1037371 Fuse Terminal Jumper Phoenix Contact FBS 10-8 3030323 10 ways
X0 1 1001672 GLAND MS-M16 4.5-10mm SKINTOP MILTRONIC ST-M16x1,5 12 09 36 M16x1.5 PLASTIC
X0 6 701017 GLAND MS-M20 7-13mm SKINTOP MILTRONIC SKINTOP MS-M20 53112020 M20x1.5
X0 5 701018 GLAND MS-M25 9-17mm SKINTOP MILTRONIC SKINTOP MS-M25 53112030 M25x1.5
X0 1 1001909 GLAND NUT LAPP MILTRONIC 52103010 52103010 FOR GLAND M16
X0 20 79282 GLAND PLUG MURR MILTRONIC AB ZVKM12 40 57 05 ASB BOX PLUGS M12
X0 4 700565 GLAND PLUG M25 MILTRONIC MILTRONIC SKINDICHT-BL-M25 12 12 33 M25
X0 1 73272 GLAND SR PG42 32-35mm LAPP MILTRONIC AB SKINDICHT-SR 42/35 12 02 35
X0 2 1007512 Gland DIX LAPPKABEL MILTRONIC AB 125914 125914 M25 2x6mm
X1 1 1001690 HEATER CABINET STEGO OEM AUTOMATIC HG140 14001.0-01 30W 110-250V AC/DC
X0 7 1001762 IFM MODULE CAN-OPEN IFM-Electronic IFM-Electronic CR9011 CR9011 8 in / 8 out
X1 16 78509 INPUT MODULE 24VDC DELCON/AXIOM OEM-AUTOMATIC AB SLI 24 CR SLI 24CR Sek: 0-60VDC 50mA
X1 1 71946 INSERT 24P (M) HARTING OEM-AUTOMATIC AB 09 33 024 2601 HARTING 1-24P SCREW TERMINAL
9330242601
X0 1 74410 INSERT 37P (M) ODU ODU GUNNAR PETTERSON AB 309 803 050 037 309 803 050 037 ODU 309 37 POL MALE
X1 1 700869 LOCK HANDLE GREY 66X66mm BACO OEM 0174601 0174601 PG16
X0 1 1012916 M12 NODE ID CABLE FOR MX3 ID PLUG MX3 CROSSFIRE ID8
X1 1 700868 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER BACO OEM 0172200 0172200 50A
X1 1 700178 MCB 1-POL 2A MERLIN GERIN SCHNEIDER 24626 2112406 D-CHARACTER
X1 1 1001829 MCB 2-POL 10A SIEMENS SIEMENS 5SY6 210-7 C-CHARACTER
X8 1 1041124 Magnetic absolute multi-turn encoder Baumer Baumer BMMV 58K5N24C12/10600966 11048707 SSI, RS 422
X0 4 1017442 Multi Cable Separated Twinbox (L:5m) Replace Cable 1002207
X1 16 78513 OUTPUT MODULE 0-60VDC DELCON/AXIOM OEM-AUTOMATIC AB SLO 24 CR SLO 24 CR 0-60VDC 3A
X0 1 700032 PLUG M12 CONNECTOR M LUMBERG MILTRONIC AB RSCW4/7 40 52 15 90degree angle male, PG7
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
STS45 62
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
63
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
X8 1 1012096 PLUG M12 CONNECTOR MALE Miltronic Lumberg RSC 8/9 40 52 30 8-pin straight Male
X1 1 1001859 POWER SUPPLY 90-255VAC/ 24VDC PrimePower OEM-Automatic 0036515 0036515 30A / 0-400HZ
X0 38 1034213 PROXIMITY SWITCH M30 F IFM IFM II5945 II5945 M30 SN:15 10-36VDC M12 3WIRE
X1 1 76140 PULSECOUNTER 190.07 24V DC BAUSER METRIC AB 632 A.2 24VDC 24-2032-25DC
X0 1 1027832 Polyswitch CC System CC System CAN protection adapter 200mm
X0 1 71986 RAIL DIN 35 HELLERMANN TYTON AB TS 35 C/20
X100 1 78980 RELAY SOCKET 2-SWITCHING RELECO OEM-AUTOMATIC AB 40 165 54 S7M Relay socket 2 Switching
X100 1 1012782 RELECO CLIP RELECO S7CP S7CP for 2 switching
X0 2 1002390 RESISTOR 120ohm 0,25W Elfa Elfa 60-103-83 60-103-83
X0 25 1017491 SCREW MRX M5x10
X0 1 1008029 SCS 3 PLC Bromma CC-System C000048-511112010 Master controller with display
C000048-511112010
X1 1 700870 SEALING IP65 BACO OEM 0172267 0172267
X0 1 75618 SHRINK HOUSE 85/25 NELCO CONTACT NELCO CONTACT MWTM-85/25-1000/172
X0 1 70536 SIGNPLATE (+GRAVERING) TELEMECANIQUE IDEALGRAVYR AB GRAVERING ENL BILAGA dia. 25mm
X1 1 71944 SOCKET 24P HARTING OEM-AUTOMATIC AB 09 30 024 0302 9300240302 HARTING 24P COVER 2xHOOK
X0 1 75707 SOCKET ODU 309 ODU GUNNAR P 309 010 000 642 000 309 010 000 642 000
X1 2 1020915 Surge protection plug (CAN BUS filter) Phoenix PT 3-HF-12DC-ST Ref: 2858043Protection for 2 floating signal wires
X1 58 1028250 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
X1 13 1028251 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 PHOENIX PHOENIX STS 2,5-TWIN BU 3036275 3-CONDUCTOR BLUE
X1 3 1028259 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 3038464 PHOENIX 2-level Feed-through STTBS 2,5 2-level
X1 12 1028266 TERMINAL 2.5mm2 3036042 PHOENIX 3-level Feed-through ST 2,5-3L 3-level
X1 2 1028263 TERMINAL BLADE FUSE PHOENIX PHOENIX ST 4-FSI/C 3036372 2-CONDUCTOR BLACK
X0 5 1028256 TERMINAL END STOP PHOENIX PHOENIX CLIPFIX 35-5 3022276 END BRACKET
X0 10 1028257 TERMINAL JUMPER PHOENIX PHOENIX FBS 2-5 3030161 2-WAY
X0 2 1028269 TERMINAL MARKING PHOENIX PHOENIX UC-TMF 5 51500234 1-60,L1-3,L,+,-
X0 1 1028270 TERMINAL MARKING PHOENIX PHOENIX UC-TMF 5 51500235 61-120,U,V,W1-5
X0 10 1028254 TERMINAL SEPARATOR PLATE PHOENIX PHOENIX D-STS 2,5 3031762 END COVER
X1 2 1028262 TERMINAL SEPARATOR PLATE PHOENIX PHOENIX D-STTBS 2,5 3038503 END COVER
X1 2 1028268 TERMINAL SEPARATOR PLATE PHOENIX PHOENIX D-ST 2,5-3L 3036660 END COVER
X1 1 78911 THERMOSTAT RITTAL RITTAL SK3110.000 SK3110.000 24-230VAC/ 60-24VDC 5-55'C 1NC
X1 1 70873 TIMECOUNTER 380 VAC BAUSER METRIC AB 632A.2 380VAC 24-0015-78 50Hz
X1 2 1040676 Terminal Jumper Phoenix Contact Phoenix Contact 3030284 3030284 FBS 2-8
X0 1 1000715 Trigger action button red TELEMEC SCHNEIDER XB5-AS8445 XB5-AS8445
Red Ø40, complete with 1NO and 1NC block
X0 1 700188 ULTRA SONIC SENSOR SIEMENS SIEMENS 3RG6014-3AF00 600->6000mm
X0 1 700198 ULTRA SONIC SENSOR PRPPERL+FUCHS GYCOM AUTOMATION AB UB6000-30GM-E2-V15 UB6000-30GM-E2-V15 800->6000mm
X0 1 78127 WARNING SIGN TRIANGEL MÄRKO-TRYCK MÄRKO-TRYCK AB 200X200 EL 38912 (200X200)
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

STS45 63
SERIAL NO.
CHECKED BY:
16111-22
CONT.
TOTAL SH.
11/01/2012 10:15 DRAWING NO. REV.

DRAWING DATE:
Bromma Manual
Bromma Conquip
Bromma Manual
6.3.1 SCS3 Spreader Control System

User Manual
SCS 3 Spreader Control System
31 Bromma Conquip June -11 Rev. 01

Bromma Manual
Site map
Diagnostics menu Spreader menu
Spreader Start
Start Log in
Log in Spreader
Twistlock I/O
Event
Twinlift I/O
Alarm
Crane I/O
Active Alarms
Panel
All Alarms
Settings
Alarm Log
Miscellaneous
Statistics
Object Dictionary Services
Messages Scan nodes
Trend Node info
Information
Service
Settings
IP Address
Date and Time
There are two different main menus, indicated at the bottom of the
screen:
• Diagnostic menu.
• Spreader menu.
• To go from the Diagnostics main menu to the Spreader main menu:
Press Spreader.
• To go from the Spreader main menu to the Diagnostics main menu:
Press Start.
The SCS3 starts up onto the Diagnostic front Start screen. From this
screen you can search through the other menus, such as Event,
Alarm, Statistics, Messages and Trend.
You can also log into the system through the login button as described
in the following Screen Menu section of this manual.
From the main start screen you can gain access to the main Spreader
screens. These screens give real time information on the sensors and
actuators around the spreader. This information displayed in a
spreader layout format, so you can look and see the fault directly. The
spreader screens give you information on different fuctions (Twistlock
I/O etc), and settings for components.
These screens are described in the following sections of this manual.
June -11 Rev. 01 Bromma Conquip 32

Bromma Manual
Warnings
HAZARD! Always disconnect the power supply before work is carried

out !
The SCS3 shall only be operated and serviced by authorized

personnel.
Care must be taken when operating the spreader from the SCS3
main unit. It must be carried out under extreme caution and by
personnel familiar with risks related to spreader function and
movements.
Serious injury by crushing can occur.
Incorrect handling may cause personal injury or property damage.
System overview
Crane cable
I/O units,
Motor controllers,
AC drives,
I/O unit etc
SCS 3
Actuator
Sensor
The SCS3 spreader control system is apart from being an advanced

PLC also an advanced monitoring and diagnostic tool that gives
service technicians diagnostic information. The spreader is diagnosed
within the CPU, with the most recent events captured on the screen
and stored in the error/event log. Elapsed operating time and elapsed
time since service are also displayed.

Bromma Manual
Monitoring and diagnostics can be available in different ways; on the

screen, on the crane, via an external PC or a handheld computer.
The SCS3 system reduces electrical connections and minimizes
conventional wiring.
The rugged SCS3 control unit is placed on the spreader for easy
access.
Crane bus
(Boosted CAN)
SCS 3 control unit

( CPU with touch screen)
CANopen network
I/O units,
Motor controllers,
AC drives,
etc
Motor controls
Sensors (inputs)
Actuators (outputs)
Commands are sent from the crane via the SCS3 control unit to the
spreader actuators and motors, resulting in spreader movements.
Sensors send signals back to the system that the movements have
been made. The signals are transfer-red back to the SCS3 via I/O
units, where they are converted to CANopen and sent back via the v
control unit to the crane. All events in the system are logged by the
control unit.
The SCS3 control unit is a computer equipped with a touch screen
and mounted on the spreader. It is power supplied from the spreader,
24 VDC (18–30 VDC).

Bromma Manual
Under normal conditions the system runs automatically and the crane
operator can ignore the SCS3 system. The system is intended for
maintenance and troubleshooting by a trained service technician.
Starting the system

The control unit is normally in standby position, using a built-in battery.
The battery will be charged by the power from the spreader as long
as the power is on to the spreader. The backlight is automatically
switched off after one minute of inactivity.
The SCS3 must be connected to power from the spreader via the
crane before it can be operated.
Activate the touch screen by gently pressing it with a clean and dry
finger. If the built-in battery is not charged the start will take about 30
seconds.
• Don’t use sharp or pointed objects on the touch screen since these
can damage or scratch it, which can seriously degrade its
functionality.
• Don't touch the Reset switch when starting! This switch is only
used to restart the device.
Reset switch
Backlight up
Backlight down
Touch screen
Status LED
Light sensor
If the touch screen is not activated when touched and the red status
LED is not lit:
• Verify that the crane power is on.
Start-up procedure
When power is connected to the computer a start-up sequence will
run. The sequence will take about 5 seconds (one minute if the built-in
battery is not charged).
• Network is checked.
• Spreader I/O’s are set up.
• Function blocks are initialized.

Bromma Manual
Screen menus
Menu: Start
When the screen is activated the Start menu (Diagnostics main menu)
will normally come up. Otherwise press the Start button.
Access level icons
Normal level icon.
Service 1 level icon.
Service 2 level icon.
The button text ‘login’ will be ‘log

out’ if Accesslevel is service1 or
service2.
Note!
• All screen pictures in this manual are examples
only. The information may vary between different
spreaders.
• Some screen texts in the examples may appear
only when you are logged in.
• When the spreader network is operational the Spreader network

operational lamp is green. If it is red the network fails.
• When the crane network is operational the Crane network
operational lamp is green. If it is red the network fails.
• The leds can be green(operational)/red(fail)/ grey(Not in use, is
only for crane network if a parallel interface is used instead)
• The tables are updated automatically every 10 sec. The alarm
table show the latest alarms that are still active, the event table
show the latest events.
• Other information on the Start menu (examples):
- Alarms: Latest alarms:
- Events: Latest evens:
- System Time: Local time
- Operating Hours: Total operating time (mains power supply
time) in hours since start

Bromma Manual
- Container Count Total: Number of containers since start

- Container Count Since Service: Number of containers since
latest service
Password
There are different access right levels:
• NORMAL: The user can navigate and read the different menus.
This access level does not require a password.
• SERVICE 1: Required to control the spreader from the screen.
• SERVICE 2: Required to change settings or to control the spreader
from the screen.
• ADMIN: Required to change passwords. After password change
the system will go back to the NORMAL level.
Note!
Some fields are marked in dark blue. Activities
under these fields often require a password.
The button text Log In will be Log Out if access level is service1 or
service2.
• To activate password: press Log in on the Start menu.

Bromma Manual
• Press Password and a keyboard will come up.
• Enter your password on the touch screen and press OK and then
Change Level, and you are logged in.

Bromma Manual
Log out!
Remember to log out on Start > Log out when you are finished After logging out the
system returns to the NORMAL level.
Note!
When a white text field appears:
• Press the white field on the screen. A keyboard will come up. Enter your text on the
touch screen and press Enter.
• In some cases a numerical keyboard will come up.
• Enter digits on the touch screen and press OK. Screen navigation
Screen navigation
• Press one of the menus to continue. The menu selected is marked
with a white frame.

Bromma Manual
Diagnostics main menu

• If you are on the Spreader main menu: Press Start (left bottom
corner) to access diagnostics pages: The menu below comes up.
Note!
Changing settings (fields in dark blue) is
password protected. Go to Start to enter your
password.
6.3.1.6.1 Screen navigation

• Press one of the menus to continue. The selected menu is
activated.
Menu: Event
Screen icons
Referesh screen icon.
Previous screen icon.
Next screen icon.
Note!
spreaders.

Bromma Manual
• The tables are updated automatically every 10 sec. The alarm

table show the latest alarms that are still active, the event table
show the latest events.
This menu contains all events that have occurred. Select Date and
Time From and To to select a time range of events. 200 events will
come up, use the scroll bar to the right to navigate among them. Press
Next or Previous to get another 200 events.
The buttons Text, Type, Date and Time and Subcode are used for
alternative collating sequences. Date and Time is default.
The eight latest events are also displayed on the Start menu.
Menu: Alarm
Submenu: Active Alarms
This submenu displays all alarms that are active and have not been
deactivated, (by pressing the Acknowledged button).
Alarms are acknowledged by pressing the Acknowledged button –
only available in password levels SERVICE 1 and 2.
The six latest active alarms are also displayed on the Start menu

Bromma Manual
Submenu: All Alarms
This submenu displays the different types of alarms that are available
and the latest alarm of each type.
Submenu: Alarm Log
Alarm Log icons

Acknowledge alarm
icon.
Acknowledge all alarms

icon (Service level 2).
Clear the alarm log

icon (Service level 2).
1= Not Acknowledged
0= Acknowledged
This submenu lists all alarms that have occurred, active and not active,
both acknowledged and not acknowledged. The alarms are listed in
time order.
Press or to get more alarms.

In password level SERVICE 2 the complete log file can be cleared by
pressing the Clear Log icon.

Bromma Manual
Menu: Statistics
Menu: Messages
This menu lists the critical events automatically sent by SMS or E-mail.
Receivers of SMS and E-mail as well as what are critical events has
been pre-programmed.

Bromma Manual
Menu: Trend
This menu gives trend information on different operations (variables).

The latest 100 values for each instance are saved.
Select trend as follows (requires password level SERVICE 2):
• Select a line for Variable Name.
• Press Get Trend, and Variable Values listed for variable operations
comes up.
• Enter a Reference Value for the variable.
Spreader main menu

• If you are on the Diagnostics main menu: Press Spreader (left
bottom corner) to access spreader pages: The menu below comes
up.
The submenu on the bottom line has been changed:
Start Twistlock I/O Twinlift I/O Crane I/O Panel Settings Miscellaneous

Bromma Manual
Note!
spreaders.
Screen navigation
• Press one of the menus to continue. The selected menu is
activated.
Change language
You can change screen language. Press Miscellaneous > Change
language (see Menu: Miscellaneous below).
User Manual
The User Manual is available as a pdf file Press Miscellaneous >
Service > User Manual (see below).
Note!
Changing settings (fields in dark blue) is password
protected. Go to Start to enter your password.
Menu: Twistlock I/O

Twistlock I/O icons
Loadcells icon
(Optional).
Spreader stop icon

(Optional).
TwinTwenty Detection
System button
(Optional).

Bromma Manual
The Twistlock page shows the status of input to sensors and the
output from actuators.
Indicator lamps, input
• White = Off
• Yellow = Landed on
• Green = Unlock on
• Red = Lock on
Indicator lamps, output
• White = Off
•
= On
Menu: Twinlift I/O
The Twinlift page shows the status of input to sensors and the output
from actuators.
• SP01 = Twin position [millimeters]
• S13 = Telescoping [millimeters]
Indicator lamps, input
• White = Off
• Blue = Twin up
Indicator lamps, output
• White = Off
•
= On

Bromma Manual
Menu: Crane I/O

BCAN and Parallel Communication:
Crane I/O DS444 Communication:

Bromma Manual

Bromma Manual
This menu contains interface to the crane (project specific)

White = Off
Green = On
Menu: Panel
Panel icons
Lock control panel icon.
Control panel active

icon.
Appears when any
other SCS3 screen
menu is shown.
This menu is used to run the spreader from the SCS3 control unit
(project specific).
The control panel is active when the user has logged on with access
right service1 or service2 and is using the control panel.
The menu button ‘Panel’ text changes to red when the control panel
is active.

Bromma Manual
If the user wants the control panel to be active even when he is

accessing other pages on the SCS3 the lock control panel icon can
be pressed.
When the Control Panel is active the commands from crane are
blocked.
Visible if non-standard control panel buttons have been configured.
Menu: Settings
This menu contains settings for different properties.

Below are some submenu examples.

Bromma Manual
Submenu: Properties for APS
Submenu: Properties for MPS

Bromma Manual
Submenu: Properties for TLC
Submenu: Properties for Scale (Pressure), optional
Access to component settings is depending on spreader model:

Std. Components: APS, TLC8, MPS, FAC, Scale

Bromma Manual
Menu: Miscellaneous
This menu contains administrative settings.

Change language
• To change screen language: press Miscellaneous > Change

language.
Press your language to change language.

Below are some submenu examples.

Bromma Manual
Submenu: Object Dictionary Services
This menu is used to access advanced settings of CANopen units

attached to the internal networks. The nodes are described in the
Technical Service Book. See also chapter CANopen – Overview below
in this manual for further information.
Submenu: Scan nodes
Scan nodes – Screen examples:
Scan nodes icons
Start scanning icon for
CANopen nodes on the
spreader network.
Scanning complete
icon.
This menu is used to see the status of the connected CANopen units.
Press to update the node information. The number to the right

of the start indicates current node scanned. When the scanning is

Bromma Manual
complete (takes a few seconds) will appear in the bottom right

corner, pressing this button will lead to menu below.
Change CANopen icons

Accept icon.
Abort operation icon.
CANopen nodes are located in several entities on the spreader. Each

node has a default set Node id that may need to be changed when
connected to the Spreader Network.This may be the case especially
when a node has been replaced.
When the scanning is started, the system will search for all the nodes
on the spreader Network. If a node with wrong id is found, the ‘Change
CANopen ID’ page will be displayed 15 seconds after powering up
the SCS3.

Bromma Manual
By pressing accept button, the system change the ‘Default ID Found’

of the node to ‘First Missing ID’. The user can also specify a node id
by setting ’Set Id Manually’ which will be used if it is not 0.
The node needs to be re-powered for the node ID change to take
effect.
Abort the operation by pressing .

Default Node-ID’s of nodes that can be of several entities are:
Node DEFAULT_ID
MOTORCTRL 1
MX3 16
DRIVE 30
CR9011 32
LOADCELL 40
Submenu: Information
This menu contains general information about the spreader.

Bromma Manual
• Press the menu tabs Version, Operation and Crane I/O for further
information:

Bromma Manual
Submenu: Service
This submenu , Service and Maintenance, contains User Manual,

Service Book etc.
User Manual
• The User Manual is available as a pdf file.
- To open the manual: press User Manual and Adobe® Acrobat®
Reader will open.
- Open User Manual from Acrobat Reader.
- Use the touch screen (scroll with your finger on the screen or
the scroll bar to the right) to navigate between pages.

Bromma Manual
Service Book – Containers Since Service

• Press Reset to reset counter to 0 after service.
Service Book – Spreader is greased/Spreader out of service
• Press Notify to enter information in the log book.
Submenu: Settings
Press IP Address or Date and Time to forward.

Submenu: Settings – Date and Time
If you are logged in the menu below appears. Change date and/or
time if required and press .

Bromma Manual
Submenu: Settings – IP Address
This menu is used to change the IP address of the SCS3, in order to

communicate with other networks.
The SCS3 is normally factory set at:
• IP Address: 192.168.2.99
• Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
In order to direct access the system it is required that the
communicating parts are on the same network. Ensure that your PC
is configured correctly as follows (Windows XP):
• Record the IP Address and Subnet Mask on the SCS3.
• On your PC:
- Open Start, click Control Panel > Network Connections >
Local Area Connection.

Bromma Manual
- On the General tab: click Properties, and the following Local

Area Connection Properties screen will come up:

Bromma Manual
- On the General tab: double click Internet Protocol (TCP/ IP),

or click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and then Properties, and
the following screen will come up:
- Mark Use the following IP address and enter the IP address

from SCS3, except the last digit marked above. If the digit on
SCS3 is 1, then enter 2 on your PC etc.
- Click Enter and the Subnet mask will come up.
- Do not enter any DNS server address!
- Click OK.
CANopen – Overview
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial bus system.
CANopen is a CAN-based higher layer protocol. It was developed as
a standardized embedded network with highly
flexible configuration capabilities.
The CANopen specifications cover application layer and
communication profile (CiA DS 301), as well as a framework for
programmable devices (CiA 302), recommendations for cables and
connectors (CiA 303-1) and SI units and prefix representations (CiA
303-2). The application-layer as well as the CAN-based profiles are
implemented in software.
Standardized profiles (device, interface and application profiles)
developed by CiA members simplify the system designer job of
integrating a CANopen network system. Off-the-shelf devices, tools,
and protocol stacks are widely available. For system designers, it is

Bromma Manual
very important to reuse application software. This requires not only

communication compatibility, but also interoperability and
interchangeability of devices. In the CANopen device and interface
profiles, defined application objects exist to achieve the
interchangeability of CANopen devices. CANopen is flexible and open
enough to enable manufacturer-specific functionality in devices, which
can be added to the generic functionality described in the profiles.
CANopen provides standardized communication objects for real-time
data (Process Data Objects, PDO) and configuration data (Service
Data Objects, SDO).
Dimensional drawing
Technical information
Processor XScale
Operating system CE.NET
Communication interfaces
CAN 2 ports ISO 11898 2.0B
USB 2 host ports
RS232 Up to 115 200 baud
Ethernet 10/100 Base-T
Front panel
Touch screen Resistive
Buttons On/off
Increase backlight

Bromma Manual
Decrease backlight
Status indicator Red LED, application controlled
Light sensor Ambient light sensor for backlight control
Power supply
Voltage 18–30 V
Current Less than 1 A at 24 V
Battery Replaceable rechargeable Li-Ion
pack for standby power.
4 Ah at 3.75 V.
Battery charging Charged at 0.4 A to 4.0 V (<10 hrs.)
Standby time 7 days 1
Display
Type Color TFT, 10.4”
Resolution 800 x 600, 4:3 aspect ratio
Environment
Storage temperature -40°C to + 70°C
Operating temperature -40°C to + 65°C 2
Battery temperature spec. -50°C to + 70°C
Battery charging -20°C to + 60°C
temp. spec.
Enclosure class IP65
Mechanical
Dimensions 264(W) x 202(H) x 36(D) mm
Weight Approximately 2 kg
Enclosure Aluminium back shell
Gaskets All gaskets are made of rubber
Ground terminal M5 threaded hole in back shell, 10 mm
deep
1 New battery, 20°C ambient temperature, 64 MB RAM.
2 Backlight intensity is reduced at high temperatures to limit the battery temperature
to below 70°C.
Environmental tolerance
Environmental Test Standard Comments
Vibration IEC 60068-2-64 0,01 g2/Hz
5–200 Hz
1.39 gram (RMS)
Shock IEC 60068-2-27 5 gram / 30 ms
3x3x3

Bromma Manual
Environmental Test Standard Comments

Dry Heat EN 60068-2-2 Bd Operating: +65°C, 24 h
Storage: +70°C, 24 h
Damp Heat EN 60068-2-30 Db Operation: +25°C / +55°C
>93% RH 2 * 24 h
Cold EN 60068-2-1 Ad Operating: -40°C, 24 h
Storage: -40°C, 24h
Enclosure EN 60529 IP67
EMC Immunity, Transient EN 61000-4-4 (Burst) +/-2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 (Surge) +/-2 kV
EMC Immunity, ESD EN 61000-4-2 8 kV air, 6 kV contact
EMC Immunity, RF EN 61000-4-3 EN 61000-4-6 20 V/m, 80 MHz to 2 GHz
15 V, 15 kHz to 80 MHz
EMC Emission EN 55022 Class A Measured from10 m
Radiated:
30 to 230 MHz 40
dBμV/m
230 MHz to1 GHz 47 dBμV/m
Conducted:
9 kHz to150 kHz 103-83 dBμV
150 kHz to 500 kHz 79 dBμV
500 kHz to 30 MHz 73 dBμV

Bromma Group Manual
6.4 Repair and Adjustments (REP)

To ensure safe and reliable spreader operation, it is impotant to
follow the instructions below and only use Bromma spare parts
when replacing components.

carried out !

personnel.
Contents:
REP 01 Twistlocks
REP 02 Flipper arm /Flipper arm gearbox
REP 03 Glide plates Main Frame
REP 04 Telescopic Beam Glide plates
REP 05 Telescopic chain
REP 06 Telescopic motor
REP 07 Pedestal bearing
REP 08 Position sensors
REP 09 Digital Encoder
REP 10 Cables and hoses in cable chain
REP 11 Electric motor
REP 12 Hydraulic pump
REP 13 Oil and filters
REP 14 Deaeration of hydraulic system
REP 15 Telescopic beam units
REP 16 Twinlift units *
REP 17 Twinlift Unit Twistlocks *
For the STS45 see also additional REPs page 6.4.17 ff.
Initial Actions
Place the main frame of the spreader on trestles or similar devices
0,7m in such a way that the flipper arms can be lowered.
Also ensure there is enough space on both ends to allow the
spreader to telescope to 40 foot or 45 foot positions.
Read through the warnings and safety precautions in Chapter 1.
* Only for Twin lift spreaders
6.4-1- 'HF. rev.0 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
Twistlock
REP 01. Twistlocks nut
M6 screw
M6 nut
Dismounting Twistlock Pin
1.Dismout the twistlock cylinder as described on the next page.
2. Remove the M6 screw and nut from the top of the twist
lock.
3. Grab hold of twistlock head.
4. Slack off the twistlock nut. Guide
5. Lower the twistlock pin and guide block. block
6. Do not lose the twistlock pin key.
Mounting
1. Perform the steps above in the reverse order. Twistlock
housing
2. Carry out the adjustment below before mounting the M6 Twistlock
screw and nut. head
3. Lubricate according to instructions in chapt. 6.
Distance between top of twistlock head
and bottom of guide block
1 -2 mm
Checking the Float

1. Grab hold of the twistlock head.
2. Push or pull the twistlock to one of the corners.
3. Ensure the guide block is touching the twistlock
housing bottom plate. If not, the twistlock needs to be
adjusted /lowered.
4. If the twistlock is touching the bottom plate, press the
twistlock upwards while holding it in the corner. Twistlock
5. The twistlock should be moving up slightly. If it nut
moves a lot, adjust it higher.
6. If the twistlock does not move at all, it needs to be adjusted Spherical
down. washer
Key
Adjusting
1. Remove the M6 screw from the top of the twistlock.
2. To lower the twistlock, loosen the twistlock nut
Twistlock
slightly. To raise the twistlock, tighten the nut. pin
The distance between the top of twistlock head and the
bottom of guide block 1 -2 mm
3. Recheck the float of the twistlock.
4. Reinstall the M6 screw.
Failure to properly adjust the twistlock will greatly reduce the

life of the twistlock.
Bromma Conquip 6.4-2-Oct. 02 rev.00

Bromma Group Manual
Removing the Twistlock Cylinder

1. Make sure the power supply is disconnected and the oil
pressure is relieved from the system.
2. Remove the hoses from the cylinder. To avoid oil leakage,
Split pin thread a plastic bag over the end of the hoses and secure
them with straps.
Spacer
3. Pull out the split pins. Remove the spacer rings and the
ring cylinder.
Installing the Twistlock Cylinder

1. Perform the steps above in the reverse order.
2. The hoses must be tightened to 95 Nm (70 ft-lbs) torque.
3. Perform the REP 14 De-aeration of the hydraulic system.
Cylinder
Removing Sensors
1. Unscrew the cable connection from the sensor.
2. Loosen the two screws on the switch attachment.
3. Remove the sensor.
Installing Sensors
1. Perform the steps above in the reverse order, using blue
Loctite to the cable connection.
2. The distance between sensor face and flag is approximately
5-6 mm. Check the sensor by grabbing the twistlock head and
moving it around in different positions. If the signal is lost,
Signal cable
Sensor
adjust the sensor closer to its flag. Make sure the flag does
connection
not come in contact with the sensor.
6.4-3- Oct.02 rev.00 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
REP 02. Flipper Arm / Flipper Arm Gearbox
Removing the Flipper Arm

1. Power the flipper arms to the up position.
2. Disconnect the power supply.
3. Secure the flipper arm in the up position with a rope.
4. Loosen the screws and remove the attachments.
5. Do not lose the flipper keys.
Installing the Flipper Arm

1. Mount the keys onto the shaft.
2. Mount the flipper arm with the screws and attachments.
3. Ensure that the spaces between the attachments and the
flipper arm gearbox are equal on both sides.
4. Tighten the screws to 250 Nm (184 ft-lbs).
5. Reconnect the power and test the flipper.
6. Retighten the screws after 200 times test.
Removing the Gearbox

1. Remove the flipper arm according to the procedure above.
2. Loosen the screws holding the hydraulic motor. ( 3 long and
one short) and the cover on the opposite side. If the
hydraulic motor is not being replaced, the hoses can remain
connected.
3. If the hydraulic motor is to be replaced, the hoses must be
disconnected. In order to avoid oil leakage, place an end
cap or a plastig bag over the ends of the hoses and secure
the bag with straps.
4. Loosen the four M20 screws and make sure the washers,
spacers and nuts are not lost.
5. Remove the bolts holding the gearbox. Flipper arm attachments
6. Remove the bearing covers on both sides.
7. Place the gearbox in a hydraulic press and push out the shaft.
8. Remove bearings and make sure the keys are not lost.
Installing the Gearbox

2. All screws and hoses must be tightened to their appropriate
torques. See Chapter 6.1 Tightening Torques.
3. Before mounting the flipper arm, reconnect the power and
run the hydraulic motor approximately one minute to
deaerate the hydraulic system.
4. Disconnect the power and mount the flipper arm according
to the procedure above.
5. Lubricate the gearbox according to instructions in Chapter
6.1
6. Retighten the motor screws with 100 Nm after 200 times test.

Bromma Group Manual
Hoses
Motor
screw
Shaft Hydraulic
motor
M20 Screws
Keys Bearing
Bearing cover

Bromma Group Manual
REP 03. Glide Plates Main Frame
Dismounting Glide Plates.

1. Make sure the power is disconnected.
2. Remove the Landing buffer from the top of the main frame.
3. Lift up the telescopic beam unit by either using a forklift
truck or other lifting equipment. The beam unit should be
lifted up gently so the beams just come in contact with the
top of the main frame.
4. Secure the beams in this position. (Blocks inside main
frame).
5. Remove the 20 foot stop assembly, and pull out the glide
pad with a screw driver.
Installing the Main Frame Glide Plates Landing

1. Perform the steps above in the reverse order. buffer
2. Secure the 20 foot stop assembly screws with Loctite.
3. Lubricate the parts as per lubrication instructions Robalon
Chapter 6.1. pad
Telescopic
beam unit
20 foot stop assy
REP 04. Telescopic Beam Glide Plates
Dismounting Glide Plates.

1. Disconnect the power.
2. Dismantle the 20 foot stop assemblies as described in
REP 03.
3. Reconnect the power. Upper glide
4. Run the spreader to the 20 foot position. plate
5. Manually run the spreader past the 20 foot position and until
it stops.
7. Remove or lift up the cover assy.
8. Remove the bolts holding the upper glide plates.
9. The lower glide plates are not used much in normal opera-
tion and may take a long time to wear down. If they are
worn past the minimum thickness (17 mm), position the
spreader back to the 20 foot position.
9. Measure and mark the position of the two screws on the
bottom of the main frame at each corner. ( 8 marks).
Use the new glide plates as a template. Cover assy
10.Reconnect the power. Lower glide
plate
Bromma Group Manual
11.Run the telescopic beams outwards about 1 meter and

disconnect the power.
12.Drill two 18 mm holes at the marks (according to point 9) at
each corner and deburr.
13.Connect the power and run the spreader to the 20 foot
position.
14.Disconnect the power.
15.Now it is possible to remove the screws through the drilled
holes. Press the beam ends upwards and take out the glide
plates.
Installing the Glide Plates

Do not carry out any work on the spreader with power supply
connected.
REP 05. Telescopic Chain
Removing the Telescopic Chain

2. Remove the locking screws from the adjusting nut.
3. Turn the adjusting nut counterclockwise a quarter of a turn.
Locking 4. Remove the chain pin connected to the shock absorber by
screws pulling out the cotter pin.
5. Remove the chain.
Adjusting Installing the Telescopic Chain

nut 1. Perform the steps 5-3 above in the reverse order.
2. Go to step 4 in ”Adjusting Telescopic Chain”.
3. Reinstall the locking screws in the adjuster nut.
4. Lubricate the chain according to chapt. 6.
Adjusting theTelescopic Chain

1. Run the spreader to the maximum position (40 or 45 foot).
3. Remove the locking screws from the adjuster nut.
Cotter pin
4. Tighten the adjuster nuts on both sides with a torque wrench to
50 Nm (37 ft-lbs.) alternately one turn at a time . It is important
to adjust both sides equally. If not done properly this could
Chain lock cause future problems in operation and reduce the life of the chain.
5. Reinstall the locking screws in the adjusting nut .

Bromma Group Manual
REP 06. Telescopic Motor

Gearbox
Removing theTelescopic Motor fixing screws
2. Remove the telescopic chain according to REP 05. Hydraulic Motor
3. Remove the screws for the hydraulic motor . Gearbox
4. Remove the hydraulic motor from the gearbox.
Note, it is only necessary to disassemble the hoses if the
hydraulic motor is to be replaced.
5. Remove the gearbox mounting screws (four pieces ).
6. When the gearbox is disassembled from the main frame, the
chain wheel can be removed.
Installing the Telescopic Motor

Screws for
Hydraulic Motor
REP 07. Pedestal Bearing

Chain wheel
Removing the Pedestal Bearing
2. Remove the telescopic chain according to REP 05.
3. Remove the pedestal mounting screws (9) and nuts (10) .
4. Remove the pedestal bearing assembly from the main frame
using lifting equipment.
5. Remove the two lock rings (8).
6. Remove the washer (5).
7. Remove chain wheel (3) and key (7).
8. Remove washer (4).
9. Remove the shaft (2).
10.Remove the two bearings (6).
Installing the Pedestal Bearing

2. Add grease through the grease fitting (12).

Bromma Group Manual
REP 08. Position Sensors
Removing the Position Sensors

2. Remove protection plate.
3. Disconnect the plug to the sensors.
4. Loosen the screws (M6) in the sensor clamp and pull out
the sensor.
5. To remove the sensor with clamps, remove the M8 x 30
screws instead.
Installing the Position Sensors

2. Distance between sensor and flag on the tension rod
Protection plate should be set to approx. 6 mm.
3. Adjust the position of the sensors as described below.
Screw M6 x 75
Sensor plug
Sensor
Screw M8x 30
Sensor plate
Adjusting the Position Sensors

1. Place the spreader in the desired position. Check the
spacing of the twistlock pins by checking the center punch
marks on the telescopic beam and a black position line.
Another method to check the twistlock spacing is to
measure the distance between the center of the twistlock
pins for each position.
2. If adjustment is needed, loosen the M8x30 screws and
move the sensor plate depending on the deviation (either
too long or too short).
3. Tighten the screws and recheck the twistlock spacing.
4. When the twistlock spacing is correct, tighten all screws.
5. Perform the same steps for all positions.

Bromma Manual
REP 09 Digital encoder 1041124

Removing the Digital Encoder
M12 screws
Cable clamp 2. Remove the cable clamps for the encoder cable.
3. Remove the two M12 screws holding the encoder
Encoder flange flange.
Encoder
4. Pull out the flange and remove the driving key by
loosening the stop screw.
Stop 5. Remove the three M4 screws and washers to set
screw free the encoder.
Installing the Digital Encoder

M4 screws 1. Perform the steps above in the reverse order.
Driving key
2. Connection of the encoder to the electric cabinet is
described in section 6.3.1 Electrical system.
3. Connect the power and test the operation of the encoder.
To set the different positions for the encoder, see section
6.3.2 Control system.
REP 10. Cables and Hoses in Cable Chain

Removing the Cables and Hoses
2. Disconnect the cable either in the junction box on the end
beam or in the electrical cabinet.
3. Remove the cable clamp.
4. Remove the end of the cable.
5. Disconnect the hoses from the manifold block at the end
beam. Use fitting caps or plastic bags and straps or tape
Hose couplings to cover the manifold couplings to avoid oil leakage. Do
the same with the hoses if they are to be re-used.
6. Disconnect the hoses from the fittings on the tension rod.
7. Place fitting caps or plastic bags as described in step 5
and withdraw the hoses.
Installing the Cables and Hoses

1. Thread the cable into the upper section in the cable chain.
The cross bars inside the cable chain are adjustable. The
proper distance is one third for each compartment. Make
sure the cable is not too tight.
2. Install the cable clamp and connect the wires according to
section 6.3 Electrical system.
3. Thread the hoses to their sections inside the cable chain.
(middle and bottom).
4. Make sure the hoses are not too tight.
5. Connect the hoses to their fittings according to section
Cable clamp 6.2 Hydraulic system.
6. Remove the air in the hoses according to REP 14, De-
aeration of hydraulic system.
Cross bar
6.4-10 ● Dec -11 ● Rev. 03 Bromma Conquip
Bromma Group Manual
REP 11. Electric Motor
Removing the Electric Motor

2. Remove the hydraulic power pack cover.
3. Take the cover off from the junction box on the motor and
disconnect the cables. Note how the cables are connected.
4. Remove the mounting bolts for the electrical motor.
5. Remove the motor from the bell-housing by removing the six
Hub A Hub B
M12 nuts on the motor flange.
6. Pull the motor backwards until it comes loose from the shaft
coupling.
7. Dismantle the coupling by loosening the M6 set screw.
8. Make sure the key is located.
Motor
shaft
Installing and Adjusting the Electric Motor
1.Mount Hub B of the coupling to the electric motor and mount
Hub A to the pump as shown on the drawing on the left.
Tighten the set screw to 81Nm.
2. Press the rubber gear ring in place on Hub A on the
hydralic pump shaft.
3. Push the motor in place and ensure that Hub B on the shaft fits
into the rubber gear ring
4. Perform steps 1-4 above in the reverse order.
5. Test the function of the motor. Tighten all screws.
Power pack
cover
Junction box
M12 screws
M12 nuts
Shaft
coupling
Hub B
Stop screw
Rubber
Gear
Ring Hub A

Bromma Group Manual
REP 12. Hydraulic Pump
Removing the Hydraulic Pump

2. Drain the hydraulic tank by removing the drain plug.
3. Remove the hoses from the pump.
4. Remove the Electric motor according to REP 11.
5. Remove the four M12 screws holding the pump into the
bell-housing.
6. Support the pump while pulling it out from the bell-housing.
Case drain
Installing the Hydraulic Pump Pressure hose
1. Perform the steps above in the reverse order. adjuster screw
2. Fill the pump with oil before connecting the case drain hose.
3. Connect the power supply and test the operation of the pump.
Flow
regulator
Adjusting Hydraulic Pump *
1. Caution! Some of these steps are made while the power
supply is connected.
2. Mount the pressure gauge on the valve block pressure test
point.
2. Loosen the pressure adjuster screw a couple of turns. Hydraulic
3. Start up the system and increase the pressure by tightening pump
the pressure adjuster screw until the correct pressure
setting is reached. (see Chapter 3.1 Datasheet).
4. The telescoping speed is set by adjusting the flow regula-
tor. The recommended speed is 27-28 s between the 20´
and the 40´ or 45´ positions. If the speed is set too high, it
may overload the motor and trip the motor protection or the
fuses. Always make sure the motor current is not higher
than the motor rating or
supply capacity.
Flow
Pressure regulator
adjuster screw Case drain
hose
Hydraulic
pump
M12 Screws
Drain plug
* Not valid for STS 45

Bromma Group Manual
REP 13. Oil and Filters

Changing the oil and replacing the Filters
2. Remove the cover over the hydraulic unit.
3. Remove the drain plug and the filler cap to drain the oil. (150 liters).
4. Remove the three M6 screws holding the return line filter cover.
5. Remove the filter insert and replace it.
6. Remove the pressure filter cup and replace the filter.
Note! The cup is filled with oil. Clean the cup and assemble
with a new filter insert.
7. Refill the oil tank through the return line filter.
8. Refill the pump by loosening the case drain hose and pouring oil
Cover into the pump.
9. Reinstall the hose and remove the air for the system according to
REP14, De-aeration of hydraulic system.
M6 screws
Return line filter cover
Return line filter insert
Return line filter cup
Pressure filter insert
Pressure filter cup
Drain plug
REP 14. De-aeration of Hydraulic system

Initial actions
Mount the Pressure Gauge. Check the oil level. If it is correct, start
up the system. If pressure is not obtained, refill the pump according
to step 8 above.
De-aeration
1. Run all functions several times. Let the system run for 0.5 - 1
hour and check for possible leakage.
2. If work has been done on the hydraulic system at the end beams,
the flipper arms must be dismounted. This allows the flipper
Pressure Gauge motors to run freely.
3. Turn off the power and check the oil pressure. If the pressure
remains steady, de-aeration is completed. Remove the pressure gauge.

Bromma Group Manual
REP 15. Telescopic Beam Units
Removing the Telescopic Beam Units
1. Run the spreader to the 20 foot position.

3. Remove the glide plates in the end of the telescopic beams.
4. Reconnect power supply.
5. Run the spreader to the 30 foot position.
7. Remove the glide plates according to REP 03 Dismounting
glide plates.
8. Disconnect the power cables and the hydraulic hoses from
the drawbar connection in the end beam.
9. Seal all hydraulic hoses with fitting caps or plastic bags and
straps or tape.
10. Remove the pin from the drawbar connection in the end beam. Glide plates
11. Secure a spacer between the telescopic beams to prevent
lateral movement.
12. Lift the end beam with a fork truck and slide the telescopic
beam unit approximately to the 45 foot position.
13.Remove the beams from the main frame and inspect them
as required.
Landing buffer
Drawbar
connection
Main frame
Drawbar
Telescopic beam
unit
Installing Telescopic Beam Units

(see chapt.6.1 for proper tightening torques).
Adjusting the Telescopic Beam Units

1. Test the operation of the spreader. Normally no adjustment
is required.
2. Perform REP 05 Adjusting telescopic chain, if neccessary.
3. Perform REP 08 Adjusting position sensors, if neccessary.
Bromma Group Manual
REP 16. Twinlift Units
Dismounting the Twinlift Boxes

1. Run the boxes to the down position
3. Remove the hoses from the cylinder, make sure that the
pressure is zero by manually operating the valves.
4. Mount fitting caps or plastic bags on the hose couplings
and the cylinder couplings and tighten them with straps or
tape.
5. Remove the nut holding the shafts for the cylinder.
6. Remove the shafts.
7. Remove the hoses leading to the twistlock cylinder.
8. Disconnect the junction box main cable .
9. Now it is possible to raise the twin lift box with lifting
equipment and remove it.
Installing the Twinlift Boxes

2. Perform REP 14, De-aeration of hydraulic system.
3. Test all functions.
Twinlift
box
Shaft
Cylinder
Shaft
Nut
Junction
box

Bromma Group Manual
REP 17. Twinlift Unit Twistlocks
Removing the Twinlift Unit Twistlock Pin

2. Remove the twistlock cylinder as described in REP 01
3. Perform REP 01 Removing the Twistlock.
Mounting
2. Adjust the distance between the top of the twistlock head and
the bottom of the guide block according to REP 01.
3. Lubricate according to instructions in chapter 6.1
Adjusting Twinlift Unit Twistlocks Twistlock

1. See procedure described in REP 01. nut
M6 Screw
M6 Nut
Dismounting and mounting Sensors

1. See procedure described in REP 01.
Sensors
Guide block
Failure to properly adjust the twistlock will greatly reduce the life
of the twistlock.
Twistlock
pin

Bromma Manual
Additional Repair and

Adjustments (REP) for the STS45
This section shows only additional Repair and Adjustment

instructions for the STS 45 Spreader. For all other repairs and
adjustments, see REP 1- 17
Contents:
REP 21 Position Sensor on twin shift cylinder*

REP 21B Scaling of Digital Encoder
REP 22 Latch
REP 23 Sensor Arrangement*
REP 24 Glide plates
REP 25 Hydraulic pump
REP 26 Twinlift sequences
REP 28 Twilift Units STS45
REP 29 Telescopic Beam Unit (TBU) STS45
* REP 21 and REP 23 valid only for spreaders without control

system on spreader.
Read through the warnings and safety precautions in Chapter 1
6.4- 17 - Dec 11 rev.02 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Manual
REP 21.Position Sensor on twin shift cylinder
Removing the Position Sensor

1. Perform REP 20. Removint the twin shift cylinder.
2. Loose the screw (56) and dismount the conneotor thf=n
Solder the cables loose from the pin in the connector
3. Dismount the lock screw pos (57) and (58)
4. Dismount the head (1).
5. Pull the piston rod (7) out of the cylinder
Be careful so the cables don’t get damaged if the same position
sensor should be remounted.
6. Dismount the lock ring (54) and pull the position sensor ( 55)
out of the piston rod.
Installing the Position Sensor

1. Mount the position sensor in the piston rod (7) and remount the
lock ring (64)
2. Connect a thin wire in the cable end of the position sensor (55)
and through the wirf up to the connector (71)
3. Push the piston rod (7) in the cylinder and pull the wire with the
cables through the connection. Be careful with the cables.
4. Mount the sensor head in the right position and mount the lock
screw (67) and (58).
Test that the piston rod can be moved gently.
5. Cut the cables to correct length and sold them into the
connector pins. Pin a(3)= black, pin 8(4)= red, pin c(1)=blue
6. Remount the connector with the screws (56).
7. Perform REP 20. Installing the Twin shift cylinder.
Bromma Conquip 6.4- 18 - Dec 11 rev.02

Bromma Manual
REP 21B. Scaling of Encoder

The positioning of the telescoped positions are determined by the
encoder placed on the pedestal bearing. If the encoder has been
replaced according to REP 09, it must be scaled. Proceed as
follows:
The”ScaledTwinCyl_Tag” is made on the SCS3 screen in Scale

Components-> BD1. Note, you must be in mode online/program
downloaded. See also section 6.3 Control system.
The Max Value After scale should be 1600 (mm)

The Min Value After scale should be 0 (mm)
The Max value of input should be your teached 45’ position
The Min Value of input should be your teached 40’ position – 3
inch (76mm) gap
6.4-19 - Dec 11 rev.02 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Manual
REP 22 STS45 Latch cylinder inTelescopic Drive
Removing the Latch cylinder sensors

1. Run the spreader to 40 ´ position.
2. Disconnect the power
3. Loosen the tubular cover (11)
4. Remove the cable from the sensor
5.Remove the sensor(10) by loosening the lock nut.
Installing the Latch cylinder sensors

1. When installing the rear sensor the piston rod must be
retracted and for the front sensor elongated.
2. Lubricate the thread and the o-ring on the sensor
3. Thread the sensor to the cylinder housing util it hits the
piston rod.
4. Then thread the sensor backwards 1/2 turn and fix the
position by tightening the lock nut against the tube socket.
5. Connect the cable and remount the tubular cover.
Bromma Conquip 6.4- - Dec 11 rev.02

Bromma Manual
Removing the Latch cylinder

1. Run the spreader to 40 ´ position.
2. Disconnect the power
3. Loosen the tubular covers (11)
4. Remove the cables from the sensors
5. Manually affect the valves (left Y43-lock, Y44-unlock, right
Y53-lock, Y54-unlock ) in order to release the pressure.
6. Remove the hoses from the cylinder. To avoid oil leakage,
place an end cap or a plastic bag over the end of the hoses
and secure the bag with straps.
7.Remove the split pins (5) from the shafts (6) and remove the
cylinder.
Installing the Latch cylinder

1. Clean and lubricate all parts before installing.
2. Perform the steps 2-4 and 6-7 above in the reverse order.
3. Run the latch cylinder for about ten cycles in order to de-
aerate the system.
REP 23 STS45 Sensor Arrangement
Removing the STS45 Sensor Arrangement

2. Disconnect the plug from actual sensor.
S16(2)
40´
3. Loosen the M6 screws (7) in the sensor clamp (2) and pull
S16(1) out the sensor.
40´
S13
20´ Installing the STS45 Sensor Arrangement
1. Perform the steps above in the reverse order, using blue
Loctite to the cable connection.
2. Distance between sensor and flag on the drawbar should
be set to approx. 5 mm.
3. Adjust the position of the sensors as described below.
Adjusting the STS45 Sensor Arrangement

1. Place the spreader in the desired position. Check the
spacing of the twistlock pins by checking the center punch
marks on the telescopic beam and a black position line.
Another method to check the twistlock spacing is to measure the
distance between the center of the twistlock pins for each position.
2. If adjustment is needed, loosen the screws (7) and move
S17 the sensor depending on the deviation (either too long or
45´ WS17
too short).
3. Tighten the screws and recheck the twistlock spacing.
4. When the twistlock spacing is correct, tighten all screws.
5. Perform the same steps for all positions.

Bromma Manual
REP 24 STS45 Glide plates
Removing the Glide plates in twinlift boxes.

1. Run the spreader to 40´ position.
2. Connect to drawbar.
3. Run the twinlift boxes apart approximately 1 m.
5. Remove screws (14) and remove plates (12).
6. Remove the glide plates (13) . Do not loose the shim (35)
between the lower plate and the lower glide plate.
7. Mount a M16 x50 screw in the hole on top of the twinlift
box. Lift the box approximately 5 mm by tihtening the screw.
8. Remove Screw (10), washer (11) and washer (9).
9. Mount a M12 screw into the tapped hole at the visible
surface of the glide plate (8).
10. Pull out the glide plate by pulling the M12 screw .
11. Perform the steps above on all four twinlift boxes.
Bromma Conquip 6.4- 21- Dec 11 rev.02

Bromma Manual
Installing the Glide plates in twinlift boxes.
1. Make sure the power supply is disconnected.

2. Lubricate the glide plates according to lubrication instructions
in section 6.1
Note! A synthetic grease compatible with plastics. (Example

Gleitmo 805K) shall be used on glide plates made of Oilon
(green) and gliding surfaces in contact with these plates.
Other types of grease may destroy the glide plates.
3. Install the glide plates as mentioned above but in the reverse

order.
4. Do not forget to dismout the M16 x50 screw in the hole on top
of the twinlift boxes.
5. Connect the power supply and test the valid functions.

Bromma Manual
REP 25 STS45 Hydraulic Pump
Removing the Hydraulic Pump

2. Remove the hydraulic unit covers.
3. Drain the hydraulic tank by removing the drain plug.
4. Remove the hoses from the pump.
5. Remove the Electric motor according to REP 11.
(It is possible to remove the pump without removing the
electric motor. The hub A on the shaft coupling will pass Valve 71 (Y41)
through the central front hole in the bell-housing. The rubber
gear ring will fall down inside the bell-housing and must be
picked up by hand or by a suitable tool).
6. Remove the two M12 screws holding the pump into the
bell-housing.
7. Support the pump while pulling it out from the bell-housing.
Installing the Hydraulic Pump

1. Mout the rubber gear ring on the hub A at the pump shaft.
(If the rubber gear ring will not fit to the hub B on the motor
shaft inside the bell-housing, the fan cover at the end of the
motor must be removed. By slowly turning the fan makes it
possible to turn the motor shaft to a better position).
2. Fill the pump with oil before connecting the case drain hose. Hydraulic unit
covers
3. Connect the power supply and test the operation of the pump.
Control of the Hydraulic Pump pressure

1. Caution! Some of these
steps are made while the
power supply is connected.
2. Mount the pressure gauge on the
pressure test pointat the pressure filter inlet. Pressure
3. Connect the power supply. testpoint
4. To check the low pressure, ensure
that the valve 71 (Y41) is currentless. Rubber
The small LED on the valve is not lit. gear ring
Actual low pressure value is shown on
the hydtaulic schematic. Section 6.2
(and the datasheet section 3.1)
Normally 100 bar.
5.To check the high pressure, the valve 71
(Y41) must be voltage-fed. The small Bell-
housing Hub A
LED on the valve is lit.
Hydraulic
Drain plug pump

Bromma Manual
Actual high pressure value is shown on the hydtaulic schematic.

Section.6.2 (and the datasheet section 3.1) Normally 160 bar.
If the values does not correspond to the information in the manual,
the pump pressure must be adjusted.
Setting the Hydraulic pump Pressure

Normally the pressure is adjusted in plant but if the adjusters have
been manipulated a pressure adjustment must be carried out.
1. Caution! Some of these steps are made while the power

supply is connected.
2. Mount the pressure gauge on the
Power control pressure test pointat the pressure filter inlet.
3. Connect the power supply.
Case drain port L
Pressure control
(High pressure)
Standard setting: Pressure port B
Δ p= 160 bar
Flow control
Not to be adjusted
Standard setting:
Δ p= 14 bar X-port Suction port S
connected
to external
pressure 4. Adjust the high pressure to its value by turning the pressure
valve control knob. +- one turn = +- 50 bar. The valve 71.
(Y41) must be voltage-fed.
5. Adjust the low pressure to its value by turning the pressure
adjuster screw on the valve 72 .The valve 71 (Y41) is
currentless.
Valve 71 (Y41)
Pressure control
(Low pressure)
Standard setting:
Δ p= 100 bar Valve 72

Bromma Manual
Adjustable spring package of power control

valve
6. Adjust the power control as follows:
Eccenter
• cradle position (i.e. displaced volume)

will be restored by the eccenter
• prestress of the spring package will be

changed by the eccenter
• Thereby the opening pressure of the

power control valve has been changed
• small swivel angle => high pressure

large swivel angle => low pressure
End of control is adjustable by the second inner

spring, clearance at fully displaced volume
(100% Vg)
200
pressure pHD [bar]
drive torque [Nm]
280
250
200 150
Point of action of the
second inner spring
150 Start of control is adjustable by the first
100 outer spring, prestressed at fully displaced
volume (100% Vg)
100
50 Start of control !
50
torque 0 Attention:
0 20 40 60 80 Q [ l/min ] Different spring packages are necessary
in order to realize various characteristic
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 Vg / Vgmax curves

Bromma Manual
7. The power control can also be set with electric motor drive.
proceed as follows:
With an electric motor drive the setting of the power control can be
done with an amperemeter instead of a flowmeter. The current is
locknut 2 measured on the electric motor with an amperemeter at 50% (start
Setting screw 2 of control) respective 90-95% (end of control) of maximum pressure
160 bar. (pmax).
NOTE!
The actual current is shown
on the motor.
Setting screw 1 The settings must be done when the pump is producing flow .
locknut 1
If only minor adjustment is needed, adjust only the setting screw 1.
Start of control is set at pmax x 50% by means of setting screw 1**:

1.) Loosen locknuts 1 and 2
2.) Loosen the setting screw 2 totally
3.) set start of control by turning setting screw 1** when the pump is
pressurized (e.g. with a variable throttle) to 50% of pmax.
4.) secure setting screw with locknut 1
End of control is set by means of setting screw 2**:

5.) set end of control by turning setting screw 2** when the pump is
pressurized (e.g. with an variable throttle) to 90-95% of pmax.
6.) Secure setting screw 2 with locknut 2.
DFLR
** One turn +/-on the setting screws means approx.+/-50% in power.
M The ratio between
the turns of the screw and the power achieved is linear.
Turning screw clockwise increases power
T Turning screw anti-clockwise reduces power
280 200
250
pressure pHD [bar]
150
Drive torque [Nm]
200
150
100
100
50
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 Q [ l/min ]
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 Vg / Vgma x

Bromma Manual
REP 26 Twinlift sequences

This schematic shows the function steps to run the twinlift units
to twin mode.
Twin down sequence
Prerequisites
• None Landed
• All Unlocked
• In Zero gap left and right (S112 & S113= On)
• Twin down command
• Telescope in 40Ft
Inch left box out Inch right box out
• Y45 On • Y55 On
Hook attach permit Left Hook attach permit Right
• S160 On • S161 On
Stop inch Left Stop inch Right
• Y45 Off • Y55 Off
Connect Left Connect Right
• Y43 On • Y53 On
Connect Left and Right
• S100 On
• S101 On
Boxes Down
• Y26 On
Twin Mode
• S36 Off
• S37 Off
• S38 Off
• S39 Off

Bromma Manual
This schematic shows the function steps to run the twinlift up to

single mode.
Twin upsequence
Prerequisites
• None Landed
• All Unlocked
• Twin in 40 ft (S118 = On)
• Twin up command
Disconnect from drawbar
• Left Y44 Right Y54 On
Twin disconnected from drawbar
• Left S102 Right S103 On
Twinlegs up
• Y25 On
Twin is up
• S36, S37, S38, S39 On
Retract Twins to Zero gap

• Left Y46 Right Y56 On
Twins in Zero gap
• Left S112 Right S113 On
Single mode

Bromma Manual
REP 28. Twilift Units STS45
Note: Removing the Twinlift Units

If there is a ladder welded on 1. Disconnect the power.
the main frame of the spreader,
start with the twinlift unit
farthest from the ladder. 2. Disconnect the hydraulic hoses leading to the twinlift units
The twinlift units need to be from the hose connection arm on the backside of the twin lift
removed by sliding them away units. Plug the hoses and the couplings on the hose
from the ladder. connection arm. Avoid damage on the hoses when remo-
ving the twinlift units.
Cable clamp
3. Disassemble the clamp holding the cable

near the distribution block. Unplug the cable
to the distribution block on each of the twinlift
units. Disassemble the clamp holding the
Connection cable on the cnnection arm on the backside
arm of the twin lift units so the cable is free from
the twin lift unit.
Disconnect
hydraulic hoses
4. Remove the Stops, Item 20 on drawing

16077, by removing the screws and
washers, Items 11 and 21 on fig. to the left.
Landing buffer 5. Attached slings to the twinlift unit and
begin to support the twinlift unit with the slings.

Slings
6. Remove the top Gliding Bearing, Item 12 on figue to the left,
by removing the screws, washers and plate, Items 14, 15
and 13 on the figure to the left.
7. Remove the bottom Gliding Bearing, Item 12 on drawing

16077, by removing the screws, washers and plate, Items
14, 15 and 13 on the figure to the left.
8. Totally support the twinlift unit on the slings.
9. Remove the Slide Bearings, Item 8 , by removing the

screws, and washers, Items 9, 10 and 11 on the figure to
the left.

Bromma Manual
10. Slide the twinlift unit off the end of the rail. Note: The
twinlift units need to slide away from the ladder.
11. Repeat the procedure until all the twinlift units have
been removed.
Installing the Twilift Units

(See Bomma Manual section.6.1 for proper tightening
torques).
Adjusting the Twinlift Units

1. Test the operation of the spreader. Normally no
adjustment is required.
2. Perform REP 05 Adjusting telescopic chain, if

neccessary. (See Bromma Manual section 6.4)
3. Perform REP 23 Adjusting position sensors, if

neccessary. (See Bromma Manual section 6.4)
6.4- - Dec 11 rev.02 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Manual
REP 29. Telescopic Beam Unit (TBU) STS45
Removing the Telescopic Beam Units

20 foot position 1. Run the spreader to the 20 foot position.
Roller assembly 3. Remove the roller assembly by removing the screws,

washers and lock plates.
4. Reconnect power supply and run the telescopic beam

approximately 200 mm.
5. Disconnect the power and remove the lower glide plates.
6. Reconnect power supply and run the spreader to the 30 foot

position.
Landing buffer
7. Remove the Landing buffers from the top of the main frame.
Landing buffer
8. Lift up the telescopic beam unit by either using a forklift

Bearing plate truck or other lifting equipment. The beam unit should be
lifted up gently so the beams just come in contact with the
20 foot stop assy top of the main frame.
Power cable 9. Secure the beams in this position. (Blocks inside the main
frame).
10. Remove the 20 foot stop assembly, and pull out the
bearing plate with a screw driver.
11. Disconnect the power cable and the hydraulic hoses from
the drawbar connection in the end beam.
Hydraulic
hoses 12. Seal the hydraulic hoses with fitting caps or plastic bags
and straps or tape. Seal also the holes in the manifold block.

Bromma Manual
13. Remove the tension rod pin by removing the screws,

locking washers and washers. Remove the Shaft and the Tension
rod
shim washers.
14. Secure a spacer between the telescopic beams to pre-

vent lateral movement.
Shim
15. Lift the end beam with a fork truck and slide the
washers
telescopic beam unit approximately to the 45 foot
position.
Shaft
16.Remove the TBU from the main frame. Care should be Screws
taken toward the end of the TBU so not to damage the Washer
attachment part on the inside of the main beam. Locking
washers
Installing Telescopic Beam Units

(See BrommaManual section 6.1 for proper tightening
torques).
Adjusting the Telescopic Beam Units

1. Test the operation of the spreader. Normally no
adjustment is required.
2. Perform REP 05 Adjusting telescopic chain, if

neccessary. (See Bromma Manual section.6.4)
3. Perform REP 23 Adjusting position sensors, if

neccessary. (See Bomma Manual section 6.4)
6.4- - Dec 11 rev.02 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
6.5 Fault Finding

By means of this list it is possible to identify and remedy the most
common failures on the Bromma Group Spreaders.
Always start with a visual inspection of visible damage, oil leakage
etc.

carried out !
The spreader shall only be operated and serviced by authorised

personnel.
Fault finding in hydraulic system

Symptom Possible reason Action
Noisy pump or excessive Oil level is insufficient and/ Check oil level.
heat. or oil filter is clogged Replace oil filter
Proper pressure setting is Check that the pump is

other than 100 bar. Flow functioning correctly as
rate is correct as long as a described in the ”Systems
telescoping speed of 24-26 test”.
seconds between 20´ and
40´ positions is indicated.
Leakage through pressure/ Check that the settings of

shock relief valves. the pressure relief valves are
correct and the pump
suction line (inlet) is not
blocked.
High oil leakage from the Check the pump suction by

pump drain line resulted removing the drain line and
from exessive pump wear. measuring the flow at a
running pressure of 100 bar.
Maximum flow should be 1
litre/min. If greater than this,
replace the pump.
6.5-1- Oct. 02 rev.00 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual

Twistlocks do not operate No electrical supply to Check the manual operation
solenoids, or faulty solenoid of the solenoid valve.
coils.
Mechanical interference. Check that there are no

obstructing objects in the
twistlock corner, which may
interfere with the twistlock
movement.
Insufficient hydraulic Check pressure from DCV,

pressure . it should be according to
hydraulic schematic.
Check that the pump

Unusual system pressure. pressure is correct.
Check pressure relief valve.
When valve is operated If it decreases, check the

manually, the pressure does seals in the cylinder.
not remain at working
pressure.
Note! To carry out the twistlock function test, the blocking pins must be in up position. See Chapter 4
Start Up Procedures.
Twistlock lock solenoids must remain energized at all times when the twistlock ”Lock command”
is selected.
Bromma Conquip 6.5-2- Oct. 02 rev.00

Bromma Group Manual
Fault finding in electrical system

Hydraulic pump motor Three-phase supply missing Check cable, plug and
stopped. socket.
Maintaining contacts faulty. Check crane control signal.
Feed from crane missing Check connection.
Hydraulic pump motor runs Pump pressure too high or Refer to hydraulics section
but keeps tripping out. pump faulty. Chapt.6.2
Pump motor faulty. Replace motor.
Motor supply has one Check to find where supply

phase missing . is short circuited and repair.
Twistlocks will not lock/ Pump stopped Check pump procedure.

unlock
Crane spreader is fitted with Check that the spreader is
the safety feature to only correctly landed on the
work with all four landing container.
switches actuated.
Check leads from plugs to Repair or replace.

solenoid.
Timer is set wrongly (if Replace if timer is faulty,

equipped with timer ). otherwise, reset to 0.5 or 2
seconds.
Check blokcing circuit. Check relays and/or limit

switches, and either readjust
or replace them.
Double-check the
connections.
Check supply at B-C Check connections and

junction circuit. replace festoon.
6.5-3- Oct. 02 rev.00 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual

Check if fault is hydraulic by Refer to the hydraulic
operating valve by hand. section.
Correct supply to solenoid Replace solenoid.

(if yes).
Flippers will not operate. Pump stopped. Check pump procedure.
Check if fault is mechanical Carry out mechanical/

or hydraulic by operating hydraulic procedure.
valve by hand.
Correct supply to solenoid Replace solenoid.

(if yes).
Check flipper signals from Check crane controls.

crane. Check plug, socket and
cable.
Bromma Conquip 6.5-4- Oct. 02 rev.00

Bromma Group Manual
7.Spare Parts
To ensure the function and safety of the Bromma Group sprerader
it is imporant to use only recommended Bromma spare parts.
7.1 How to Order Spare Parts

All ordering of Bromma spare parts must be done on the Bromma
e-commerce website. To order the requested spare parts some
important information must be available.
www.bromma.com
The serial no. of the spreader. See Data Sheet chapt. 3 or the
dataplate mounted on the main frame of the current spreader.
The requested Art no. and the quantity needed. See the following
Serial No. pages in this chapter.
Registered User
To be able to log in to the Bromma e-commerce site you must be
a registered user. To become a registered user you have to fill in
the Application Form on the Bromma website. After a few days
you will receive a User ID and a password by e-mail.
User id.
When you are a registered user fill in your User ID and password
in the fields on the Bromma e-commerce website
Password
(www.bromma.com) to log in. Then follow the instructions on the
Fill in valid user id and password here and screen.
they will be close at hand when needed.
Search Function
If you do not find the parts requested on the e-commerce site or if
you have any other problems finding valid part numbers you can
use the search function on the website or call your local Bromma
dealer. The phone number is published on the website
at www.bromma.com/distributors/index.asp

Bromma Group Manual
7.2 How to return parts
Return number
All parts returned to Bromma must have a return number both
on the package and on the delivery note.
To receive a return number, contact the local Bromma
representative or Bromma After sales dept. They will fill in a
form to ensure that your return delivery is handled correctly.
Packaging
All returned parts must be properly packed. Bromma does not
take any responsibility if returned goods are damaged during
freight.
Bromma Conquip 7-2- Febr. 03 rev.01

Bromma Group Manual
7.3 Spare parts list

General assembly
4
9 3 1 11
10 5
8 7
SP- POS DESCRIPTION QTY REMARKS

1 Main Beam 1
2 Telescopic Beam Unit 2
3 Powerpack 1
4 Telescopic Drive Assy 1
5 Twistlock 4
6 Flipper Arm Gearbox 4
7 Flipper Arm 4
8 Guide Arm 4
9 Twinlift assy 2
10 Lamp assy 2 See pos. 4 SP list Main Beam
11 Electric cabinet 1(2) See 6.3 Electric system

Bromma Group Manual
Bromma Group Manual instruction
7.4 Additional Drawings
This Chapter contains drawings and part lists for special

components valid only for this serial number.
7.4 -1- Nov. 02 rev.00 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
- - - - -
3 6
150
180
A
To be painted with template (drawing no. 46268)

Color: RAL 5002 1 2 C
B 13
11 8 10 9
200
200
950 200 12 SERIAL SPREADER SERIAL SPREADER
B NO. ID NO. ID
16111 SQ01 16117 SQ07
16112 SQ02 16118 SQ08
16113 SQ03 16119 SQ09
4 holes M6, L=8 drilled 16114 SQ04 16120 SQ10
Both short ends of 16115 SQ05 16121 SQ11
for the SWL sign A twin frame striped with black and yellow B-B 16116 SQ06 16122 SQ12
C-C
150
50
50
E
45°
50
45°
50
Black and yellow stripes Both short ends of the dog

to striped with black and yellow
E
D F
The weight of the
spreader to be stamped.
Spreader finishing color: BS356
Text height: 6 mm. Flipper arm color: BS356
50 Text color: Black
TWINLIFT 2X32.5
Position marking instructions

See reference documents:
5000036 (TBU, Frame)
100
180
for article 1005194.

RAW MATERIAL ART.NR RAW MATERIAL PROFILE DIMENSION AND TOLERANCE RAW MATERIAL TYPE
5 DATE MATERIAL SHEET WEIGHT TOLERANCE GENERAL

4 2012-06-18 1/1 11753 kg SS-ISO 2768-c
7 14 ALT.
noorfha SPREADER A1 -
WITH DECORATION DRAWING NUMBER
BR1102528
Page 1 of 1
Article No: BR1102528 SPREADER Date:
Drawing No: BR1102528 WITH DECORATION sign: noorfha 2012-08-01
Customer: ZPMC/CICT
Standard:
1 1 MECHANICAL TOP MOUNTING STS 45 BR1102529
2 4 BROMMA LOGO TYPE 2 45980
3 1 WARNING SIGN - 78126
4 2 SIGN SWL KIT - 1019186
5 4 SWL LUG MARKING 12.75 T 1006827
6 1 WARNING SIGN - 78127
7 1 ISO MARKING STANDARD 1005202
8 6 POSITIONING STRIPE - 1005194
9 2 POSITIONING MARKING 20FT 1005198
12 2 WARNING SIGN DANGER MOVING TWIN 402576
13 2 SPREADER NUMBER SQ XX BR1103341
14 4 SWL LUG MARKING 16.25T 1006095
- - - - -
B ( 1:5 )
12
STEP 1:
ADJUST SCREW UNTIL DIMENSION A EQUALS DIMENSION B
A
STEP 2:
LOCK NUT (6x)
16
STEP 3:
LOCK NUT (12x)
5
6
17
15 1
19
18
23
11
10
2 7
22
14
23 20
21
13
A A-A ( 1 : 50 )
2012-06-18 ALT. 1/1 11742 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

noorfha MECHANICAL TOP MOUNTING A1 -

STS 45 DRAWING NUMBER
A B
BR1102529
Page 1 of 1
Article No: BR1102529 MECHANICAL TOP MOUNTING Date:
Drawing No: BR1102529 STS 45 sign: noorfha 2012-08-01
Customer: ZPMC/CICT
Standard:
1 1 FRAME MOUNTING STS 45 BR1102530 BR1102530
2 2 TBU MOUNTING STS 45 BR1102532 BR1102532
3 1 CHAIN ASSY - 38073 BR38073
4 4 LANDING BUFFER SOFT - 49854 BR49854
5 4 FLAP ASSY FRAME 46754 BR46754
6 1 MOUNT DET POWER PACK COMPLETE 1023627 BR1023627
7 1 PEDESTAL BEARING - 35635 BR35635
8 1 TELESCOPIC DRIVE ASSY - 38070 BR38070
9 1 COVER KIT STS/STR 1026764 BR1026764
10 1 DIGITAL ENCODER ASSY 1005342 BR1005342
11 1 TENSION ROD TYPE 1 STS 45 1028643 BR1028643
12 1 TENSION ROD TYPE 2 STS 45 1028646 BR1028646
13 2 TWINLIFT ASSY TYPE 2 STS 45, PIN 1002763 BR1102460 BR1102460
14 2 TWINLIFT ASSY TYPE 1 STS 45, PIN 1002763 BR1102463 BR1102463
15 4 GREASE FITTING KR1/8 STRAIGHT 76332 BR76332
16 4 ROLLER ASSY - 38064 BR38064
17 4 BEARING PLATE - 48341 BR48341
18 4 SPHERICAL BEARING GX-50 79005 BR79005
19 4 20 FT ASSEMBLY - 401039 BR401039
20 2 TIE BEAM COMPLETE STS 45 16086 BR16086
21 2 SHAFT ASSY TIE CYLINDER 1043198 BR1043198
22 2 SHAFT ASSY TIE BEAM 1043199 BR1043199
23 2 TIE CYLINDER STS 45 63083 BR63083
- - - - -
10
12
A-A
B B
A A
7
8
11 1
3 4
6

14
13
B-B 2012-06-18 ALT. 1/1 4007 kg SS-ISO 2768-c
Rotated 180° SIGNED BY FORMAT STANDARD REV.
noorfha FRAME MOUNTING A2 -

BR1102530
Page 1 of 1
Article No: BR1102530 FRAME MOUNTING Date:
Customer: ZPMC/CICT
Standard:
1 1 FRAME EQUIPMENT STS 45 BR1102531 Main beam BR16080, Frame standard BR1028569
2 4 MOUNTING ELECTRICAL CABINET BR46679
3 5 CAN OPEN MODULE KIT - BR1019188
4 6 CLAMP KIT, DIA 10, ASP1 FOR PLATE 3-8 mm A4 BR1026772
5 8 CLAMP KIT DIA. 10 BR1026759
6 1 MID SUPPORT BEAM ASSEMBLY BR1028631
7 2 OUTER SUPPORT BEAM ASSEMBLY BR1028632
8 1 CROSS FIRE ATTACHMENT - BR1028823
9 4 CLIP - BR48392
10 1 X100 MOUNTING KIT FOR 1019885 BR1020896
11 1 SCS3 ATTACHMENT ASSY - BR1030470
12 1 EL. PLUG ASSEMBLY ODU 309 BR1036623
13 2 HEIGHT INDICATION ASSY - BR49601
14 1 TTDS KIT SEPARATING TWIN BR23988
- - - - -
4 5
15
12
13 TWISTLOCK ADJUST INSTRUCTION
TIGHTENING THE TWISTLOCK-NUT (a) SO THERE IS NO FLOATING.

UNSCREW THE TWISTLOCK-NUT (a) 1/2 TURN (180 DEGREE).
MOUNT THE LOCKING-SCREW (d) IN THE NEAREST HOLE, LESS THAN 180 DEGREES.
CHECK THE FLOAT SO THAT THE GUIDE BLOCK (b) HITS THE EDGES
OF THE HOLE IN THE BOTTOMPLATE (c).
(PLASTIC DEFORMATIONS IN THREADS/SUPPORTS INCREASE THE PLAY).
7
TWISTLOCK TEST INSTRUCTION
LOCK AND UNLOCK PROXIMITY SWITCHES ARE TO BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THEY NEVER LOOSE 8
THE SIGNAL WHEN THE TWISTLOCK ARE MOVED AROUND IN THE ALLOWED FLOATING. 6
THE SWITCHES ARE NEVER ALLOWED TO TOUCH THE TWISTLOCK MECHANICALLY.
THIS IS TO BE TESTED FOR BOTH UNLOCKED AND LOCKED POSITIONS.
3 14
2
2
10
2012-06-18 ALT. 1/1 2477 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

noorfha TBU MOUNTING A1 -

11 BR1102532
Page 1 of 1
Article No: BR1102532 TBU MOUNTING Date:
Customer: ZPMC/CICT
Standard:
1 1 TBU EQUIPMENT STS 45 BR1102533
2 2 LANDING PIN ASSY STD 1023148
3 2 FLAP ASSY END BEAM 400246
4 1 SPLASH FLAP ASSY END BEAM 1012201
5 2 TRACTOR PIN D=4,5 70375
6 2 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER 25 CA-32/20-100/85 74147
7 4 SPACER RING 27x21x6 41731
8 4 LOCK PIN R.R 3.0 74044
9 1 CLAMP KIT TYP 1 TWISTLOCK 1016405
10 1 CLAMP KIT TYP 2 TWISTLOCK 1016404
11 2 GLIDE PLATE ASSEMBLY 1023251
12 1 CAN OPEN TBU ATT. ASSY
ASSY. 1002062
13 1 TWISTLOCK ASSY HYD TYPE 2 RETRO 1041492
14 1 TWISTLOCK ASSY HYD TYPE 1 RETRO 1041491
SOLID FLAT SHAFT COLLAR
15 2 FLIPPER ARM ASSY 1041238
SB 18
Modified 3d model. Now representations for different
b 0004097 2009-05-06 CLN
connection points for different tension rods.
c Tolerance and note added 0006816 2010-07-30 JLM
To be adjusted so the distance from main beam

to center of twistlock on end beam are equal on
gear side and pulley side.
3 2 1
Adjusted to chain tension 40±5 Nm, repeated after 200 times test.
To be locked with screw after adjustment.

c
SIGNED BY DATE MATERIAL SHEET WEIGHT TOLERANCE GENERAL
CLN 2007-01-19 ALT. 1/1 94 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

FORMAT STANDARD REV.
CHAIN ASSY A3 c
- DRAWING NUMBER
38073
Number Detail ID Quantity Title (Item,CO) Description (Item,CO) Revision
BR38073 - - CHAIN ASSY - c
BR71512 4 CHAIN-LOCK SIMPLEX 1 1/2 IN 177H -
BR61698 2 SHOCK ABSORBER CHAIN ASSEMBLY g
BR47468 2 CHAIN SIPLEX 1 1/2 INCH 177H, 119 LINKS b
c 1011858 was 46762 Value 2007-01-22 PON
d 51659 was 41796 Value 2009-02-19 CLN
12
A-A
A
c
6 6 4
3
5
8
PON 2007-01-22 1/1 38,5 kg SS-ISO 2768- c

A ALT.
11 10 10 9 FORMAT STANDARD REV.
PEDESTAL BEARING A3 d
- DRAWING NUMBER
35635
BR35635 - - PEDESTAL BEARING - d
BR1011858 1 1 PEDESTAL BEARING MACHINED a
BR1004941 2 1 SHAFT DIA 60 L=211 -
BR46765 3 1 CHAIN WHEEL SIMPLEX, 1 1/2 IN, Z=11 a
BR51659 4 1 WASHER b
BR41794 5 1 WASHER - b
BR73562 6 2 BEARING 22212 CC W33 -
BR73950 7 1 KEY 12x8x30 h9 SMS 2307 -
BR74243 8 2 LOCKING RING SGA 60 DIN 471 a
BR74955 9 4 NUT LOC-KING M16 DIN 985, FZB, CLASS 8 -
BR75296 10 8 WASHER BRB 17x30x3 FZB, HB200, SMS 70 -
BR77062 11 4 SCREW M6S 16x180 FZB, ISO 4014 -
BR71328 12 1 GREASE FITTING G1/8 IN - -
Inventor files added in the
d Value 2008-11-27 PWH
Matrix system.
e Added text Value 2009-03-23 PHW
3 4 4 5
6 7
HYDRAULIC MOTOR
Chain Wheel: 51515

Locking Ring (SgA 60): 74243 1
Key (18x11 L=50): 72133 e
IN ORDER TO PREVENT FROM RUST IS THE
SHAFT OF THE HYD. MOTOR GREASED
WITH GLEITMO 800. WEIGHT 100kg WITH OIL (EXLUDING HYD
MOTOR).
THE HYD. MOTOR IS MOUNTED
FIRST WHEN THE GEARBOX IS SIGNED BY DATE MATERIAL SHEET WEIGHT TOLERANCE GENERAL
MOUNTED IN THE FRAME. PWH 2008-11-27 ALT. 1/1 109 kg SS-ISO 2768- c
HYD. MOTOR ACCORDING TELESCOPIC DRIVE ASSY A3 e

TO HYD. DRAWING. - DRAWING NUMBER
38070
BR38070 - - TELESCOPIC DRIVE ASSY - e
BR79554 1 1 GEARBOX BT52HD-B88834 a
BR77062 3 4 SCREW M6S 16x180 FZB, ISO 4014 -
BR75296 4 8 WASHER BRB 17x30x3 FZB, HB200, SMS 70 -
BR1000678 6 4 SCREW MC6S 12x30 A4, CLASS 70, ISO 4762 -
BR701440 7 4 WASHER NORD-LOCK M12 A4 -
a Item 1030228 was 38094 0006111 2010-03-18 JLM
b Item 38094 was 1030228 0006119 2010-03-19 JLM
c Item 48392 added Value 2010-03-23 SZK
A
Item 79150 greased at Item 48457 mounted from this side
assembly
2 1
10
13
14
13 14
20
11 12 9
7
14 6
3
21
c
4
Item 48392 mount on mounting rail
C 8
C b
16
19
7
1
TENSION ROD SHIMED WITH 79181
6 17
17
1 2
5
18
15
JLM 2009-11-10 ALT. 1/1 175 kg SS-ISO 2768- c

TENSION ROD TYPE 1 A1 c

1028643
BR1028643 - - TENSION ROD TYPE 1 STS 45 c
BR77896 1 12 WASHER BRB 5,3x10x1 A4, ISO 7089 -
BR77889 2 6 NUT LOC-KING M5 DIN 985, A4, KLASS 70 -
BR79898 6 6 SCREW MC6S 6x22 A4, CLASS 70, ISO 4762 a
BR1017325 7 1 CABLE CHAIN - a
BR38094 8 1 TENSION ROD COMPLETE TYPE 1 g
BR36794 9 1 LATCH STS 45 d
BR48457 10 1 SHAFT - a
BR48421 11 1 DISTANCE - a
BR79150 12 1 BEARING GE30 a
BR79182 13 2 CYLINDRICAL BOLT HCB 25 X 65 FZB SMS 2360 a
BR74983 14 3 SPLIT PIN 5x40 FZB, ISO 1234, DIN 94 a
BR48907 15 1 SHAFT - -
BR400241 16 1 WASHER PLATE 5x30, L=60 b
BR79181 17 4 WASHER PS 52x65x2 DIN 988 -
BR78459 18 2 SCREW M6S 8X16 A4, CLASS 70, ISO 4017 -
BR87810 19 1 CLIPS PROFILE L=90 CLIPSPROFILE 602-4 / 700688 -
BR48370 20 1 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER STS 45 TWIN c
BR48392 21 1 CLIP - d
a Item 1030234 was 38095 0006111 2010-03-18 JLM
B b Item 1030240 was 1030234 0006115
c
2010-03-18 JLM
Item 38095 was 1030240 0006119 2010-03-19 JLM
d Item 48392 added Value 2010-03-23 SZK
Item 48457 mounted 5 4 4 3
from this side 8
13 14
11 9
12 1
14
21
d
10 Item 48392 mount on mounting rail
Item 79150 greased

at assembly
7
c
B 16 19
18
20
17
TENSION ROD SHIMED WITH 79181
3 4 4 5
15
JLM 2009-11-11 ALT. 1/1 175 kg SS-ISO 2768- c

TENSION ROD TYPE 2 A1 d

1028646
BR1028646 - - TENSION ROD TYPE 2 STS 45 d
BR79898 3 6 SCREW MC6S 6x22 A4, CLASS 70, ISO 4762 a
BR77776 4 12 WASHER BRB 6,4x12x1,6 A4, ISO 7089 -
BR1017325 6 1 CABLE CHAIN - a
BR38095 7 1 TENSION ROD COMPLETE TYPE 2 f
BR48370 8 1 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER STS 45 TWIN c
BR36794 9 1 LATCH STS 45 d
BR79150 10 1 BEARING GE30 a
BR48421 11 1 DISTANCE - a
BR48457 12 1 SHAFT - a
BR79182 13 2 CYLINDRICAL BOLT HCB 25 X 65 FZB SMS 2360 a
BR74983 14 3 SPLIT PIN 5x40 FZB, ISO 1234, DIN 94 a
BR48907 15 1 SHAFT - -
BR400241 16 1 WASHER PLATE 5x30, L=60 b
BR79181 17 4 WASHER PS 52x65x2 DIN 988 -
BR87810 19 1 CLIPS PROFILE L=90 CLIPSPROFILE 602-4 / 700688 -
BR78459 20 2 SCREW M6S 8X16 A4, CLASS 70, ISO 4017 -
BR48392 21 1 CLIP - d
- - - - -
20
18 21 20
16
19
18 19
20
20
18
6 7
1 4
9
17
If necessary use shim, Art no. 49880 22 7
8 10
THIS DRAWING IS COPYRIGHT AND IS THE PROPERTY OF BROMMA CONQUIP. THE DESIGN AN OR CONSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN MAY NOT BE
2 11
B ( 1:2 )
15 14 13 12
- - - -
2012-06-14 ALT. 1/1 301 kg c

ngye TWINLIFT ASSY TYPE 1 A1 -

STS 45, PIN 1002763 DRAWING NUMBER
BR1102463
BR1102463 - - TWINLIFT ASSY TYPE 1 STS 45, PIN 1002763 -
BR1700272 1 1 -
BR1102462 2 1 TWINLIFT BOX TYPE 1 STS 45, PIN 1002763 -
BR23528 3 1 TWINLIFT CYLINDER - c
BR38090 4 2 SLIDE BEARING - b
BR400274 5 2 WASHER - c
BR701403 6 2 SCREW M6S 12x30 A4, ISO 4017 -
BR37781 8 2 FLAT BAR 20x60, L=210 c
BR49847 9 2 GLIDE BEARING - a
BR70475 10 8 SCREW M6S 16x50 FZB 8.8, ISO 4017 -
BR70918 11 8 WASHER NORD_LOCK M16 CHROMATE -
BR49841 12 2 SHAFT - d
BR49842 13 2 BUSHING - d
BR75292 14 2 WASHER BRB 21x36x3 FZB, SMS 70 -
BR1026759 16 1 CLAMP KIT DIA. 10 -
BR400271 17 2 STOP - a
BR1028740 18 3 CLAMP KIT, DIA 10, ASP1 FOR PLATE 8-12 mm A4 a
BR1028742 19 2 CLAMP KIT DIA 14. b
BR1028744 20 4 CLAMP KIT DIA 14 a
BR77894 22 4 SCREW M6S 12x40 A4, CLASS 70, ISO 4014 -
- - - - -
1 20 20 21 18
10
3
11
20
20
8 9
18
19
18
(1542,5)
19
A
6 7
9
4
USE SHIM IF NECESSARY, ART NO. 49880 8
22 10
7 11
2
17
12
A ( 1:2 )
15 14 13
- - - -
2012-06-14 ALT. 1/1 301 kg c

ngye TWINLIFT ASSY TYPE 2 A1 -

STS 45, PIN 1002763 DRAWING NUMBER
BR1102460
BR1102460 - - TWINLIFT ASSY TYPE 2 STS 45, PIN 1002763 -
BR1700271 1 1 -
BR1102461 2 1 TWINLIFT BOX TYPE 2 STS 45, PIN 1002763 -
BR23528 3 1 TWINLIFT CYLINDER - c
BR38090 4 2 SLIDE BEARING - b
BR400274 5 2 WASHER - c
BR701403 6 2 SCREW M6S 12x30 A4, ISO 4017 -
BR37781 8 2 FLAT BAR 20x60, L=210 c
BR49847 9 2 GLIDE BEARING - a
BR70475 10 8 SCREW M6S 16x50 FZB 8.8, ISO 4017 -
BR49841 12 2 SHAFT - d
BR49842 13 2 BUSHING - d
BR75292 14 2 WASHER BRB 21x36x3 FZB, SMS 70 -
BR1026759 16 1 CLAMP KIT DIA. 10 -
BR400271 17 2 STOP - a
BR1028740 18 3 CLAMP KIT, DIA 10, ASP1 FOR PLATE 8-12 mm A4 a
BR1028742 19 2 CLAMP KIT DIA 14. b
d DRAWING UPDATED - 2008-10-27 JBM
Representations added. Manufacturing
e 0003501 2009-03-03 JLM
not changed
Drawing updated. Screws (Item 9)
6 f changed till BR1000624. 2012-08-28 IBC
9 A-A
A
8
1
3
7
2
FILLED WITH GREASE
JBM 2008-10-16 ALT. 1/1 22,4 kg SS-ISO 2768- c

ROLLER ASSY A3 f
- DRAWING NUMBER
38064
BR38064 - - ROLLER ASSY - f
BR400272 2 LOCK PLATE TBU ROLLER, DIM 12x22x120 b
BR38102 1 1 SHAFT - b
BR73562 2 2 BEARING 22212 CC W33 -
BR48331 4 1 ROLLER DIA 180 B=112 c
BR76332 6 1 GREASE FITTING KR1/8 STRAIGHT -
BR79962 7 2 SEALING SIMRIT B1FUD 90-110-8 a
BR48333 8 2 WASHER 60x90x9,5 -
BR1000624 9 4 SCREW M6S 12x50 A4, CLASS 70, ISO 4014 a
- - - - -
1
(50)
(114)
- - - -
JLM 2011-12-29 ALT. 1/1 1,8 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

SHAFT ASSY A3 -
TIE CYLINDER DRAWING NUMBER
1043198
BR1043198 - - SHAFT ASSY TIE CYLINDER -
BR1001514 1 1 SHAFT TIE CYLINDER a
BR70644 2 2 SPLIT PIN 6,3x90 FZB, ISO 1234, DIN 94 a
- - - - -
(168)
1
(Ø50)
(99,5)
2 3 4 4
- - - -
JLM 2011-12-29 ALT. 1/1 2,7 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

SHAFT ASSY A3 -
TIE BEAM DRAWING NUMBER
1043199
BR1043199 - - SHAFT ASSY TIE BEAM -
BR37797 1 1 SHAFT - b
BR76460 3 1 NUT LOC-KING M8 A4, DIN 985, KLASS 70 -
BR77798 4 2 WASHER BRB 8,4x16x1,6 A4, ISO 7089 a
T H IS D R A W IN G IS C O P Y R IG H T A N D IS T H E P R O P E R T Y O F B R O M M A C O N Q U IP A B . T H E D E S IG N A N O R C O N S T R U C T IO N S C O N T A IN E D T H E R E IN M A Y N O T B E
C O P IE D O R R E P R O D U C E D W IT H O U T T H E W R IT T E N C O N S E N T O F T H E O W N E R .
JLM
S IG N E D B Y
3
DATE
4
2 0 0 8 -0 5 -2 7
-
2
REV
-
ALT.
M A T E R IA L
-
D E S C R IP T IO N
C A N O P E N M O D U L E K IT
1
-
SHEET
1 / 1
E C O -N o .
A4
W E IG H T
FO R M AT
-
DATE
STANDARD
-
BY
D R A W IN G N U M B E R
1019188
-
TOLERANCE GENERAL
1 ,6 k g S S -IS O 2 7 6 8 - c
REV.
BR1019188 - - CAN OPEN MODULE KIT - -
REV D E S C R IP T IO N E C O -N o . DATE BY
- - - - -
2 3 1
T H IS D R A W IN G IS C O P Y R IG H T A N D IS T H E P R O P E R T Y O F B R O M M A C O N Q U IP . T H E D E S IG N A N O R C O N S T R U C T IO N S C O N T A IN E D T H E R E IN M A Y N O T B E
R A W M A T E R IA L A R T .N R R A W M A T E R IA L P R O F IL E D IM E N S IO N A N D T O L E R A N C E R A W M A T E R IA L T Y P E
- - - -
S IG N E D B Y DATE M A T E R IA L SHEET W E IG H T TOLERANCE GENERAL
JLM 2 0 0 9 -1 1 -1 6 ALT.
1 / 1 1 ,5 5 k g S S -IS O 2 7 6 8 - c
FO R M AT STANDARD REV.
C R O S S F IR E A T T A C H M E N T A4 -
- D R A W IN G N U M B E R
1028823
BR1028823 - - CROSS FIRE ATTACHMENT - -
a Item 76518 (pos 20) , 76519 (pos 22) and 76520 (pos 21) added. - 2010-06-15 JLM
b Drawing updated. - 2010-08-09 IBC
c Item 79929 (pos 23), 701381 (pos 24), 701380 (pos 25) added. - 2011-06-30 IBC
d Representation added for E-stop in 3D model. - 2011-07-13 HYD
A-A ( 1 : 2 )
B-B ( 1 : 2 )
(223)
17
18 19
16 4 A 3
15
6
B B 9
7
10
25 24
11
2 8
25 23
(328)
5 1
20 21 21 22
12
13
14 A
(185)
(323)
- - - -
IBC 2009-09-21 ALT. 1/1 14,5 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

SCS3 ATTACHMENT ASSY A2 d

- DRAWING NUMBER
1030470
BR1030470 - - SCS3 ATTACHMENT ASSY - d
BR1030469 1 1 SCS3 ATTACHMENT WELDING - b
BR1028105 2 1 PLATE 4x266x300 a
BR1030466 3 1 ROUND BAR DIAMETER 15 L=332 -
BR1030120 4 1 PLATE 4x16x313 -
BR1028114 5 1 COVER SCS3 ATTACHMENT a
BR1028321 6 2 LOCKING DEVICE Bednorz, 800-15-C -
BR1028322 7 2 LOCKING DEVICE Bednorz, 800-VH-NA -
BR1028323 8 2 LOCKING DEVICE Bednorz, 800-VU-NS -
BR75606 9 4 SCREW MC6S 4X 16 FZB 8.8 -
BR75329 11 4 WASHER BRB 4,3x9x0,8 FZB, DIN 125A -
BR1028109 12 2 HINGE 3-PART STAINLESS STEEL a
BR75328 13 6 WASHER BRB 8,4x16x1,5 FZB, SMS 70 -
BR75212 15 3 SCREW M6S 6X 25 FZB 8.8 -
BR75293 17 3 WASHER BRB 6.4x12x1.5 FZB, SMS 70 -
BR70375 18 1 TRACTOR PIN D=4,5 -
BR78962 19 1 STRING - -
BR76519 22 4 NUT LOC-KING M10 A4, DIN 985, KLASS 70 a
REV D E S C R IP T IO N E C O -N o . DATE BY
f 701081 w as 701433 V a lu e 2 0 0 7 -0 1 -1 9 PON
2
7
2
T H IS D R A W IN G IS C O P Y R IG H T A N D IS T H E P R O P E R T Y O F B R O M M A C O N Q U IP A B . T H E D E S IG N A N O R C O N S T R U C T IO N S C O N T A IN E D T H E R E IN M A Y N O T B E
1 4 4 5 7
S IG N E D B Y DATE M A T E R IA L SHEET W E IG H T TO LERAN CE G EN ERAL
PO N 2 0 0 7 -0 1 -1 9 ALT.
1 / 1 0 ,5 k g S S -IS O 2 7 6 8 - c
FO RM AT STANDARD REV.
H E IG H T IN D IC A T IO N A S S Y A4 f
- D R A W IN G N U M B E R
49601
BR49601 - - HEIGHT INDICATION ASSY - f
BR38308 1 1 ATTACHMENT PLATE FOR HEIGHT IND. SENSOR a
BR400472 2 2 RUBBER BUFFER FOR HIS 5x24x70 -
BR48916 3 1 BOLTING PLATE ASP 4 d
BR74970 4 2 CLAMP 04-430 - -
BR79850 5 1 COVER PLATE DP4 FZB - -
Made in 3D.
c Manufacturing - 2010-01-27 JLM
S95 S93 not changed
S91
1
S94
S96
S92
S90
5
9
13
10
11
14
3
7
9 4
6
12 10
10
9
14
15 RAW MATERIAL ART.NR RAW MATERIAL PROFILE DIMENSION AND TOLERANCE RAW MATERIAL TYPE
JLM 2010-01-27 ALT. 1/1 2,7 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

TTDS KIT A2 c
SEPARATING TWIN DRAWING NUMBER
23988
BR23988 - - TTDS KIT SEPARATING TWIN c
BR48702 1 7 IR-SENSOR - -
BR701458 2 4 SCREW M6S 4x30 A4, ISO 4017 -
BR1011172 5 2 THREADED BAR 4x70 A4, DIN 975 a
BR1011173 6 2 THREADED BAR 4x100 A4, DIN 975 a
BR48703 7 6 DISTANCE - b
BR79096 8 4 RUBBER BUFFER - -
BR1012189 11 1 ATTACHMENT MACHINED -
BR48823 12 2 U-BAR - b
BR76519 15 2 NUT LOC-KING M10 A4, DIN 985, KLASS 70 a
b 3D assembly created. 0005702 2009-12-31 SZK
3
(1:5)
6 5 4
1 2
JCH 2004-10-11 ALT. 1/1 3,8 kg SS-ISO 2768- c

CAN OPEN TBU ATT. A3 b

ASSY. DRAWING NUMBER
1002062
BR1002062 - - CAN OPEN TBU ATT. ASSY. b
BR1002054 1 1 CAN OPEN TBU ATT. - c
BR1019188 2 1 CAN OPEN MODULE KIT - -
BR1026772 3 1 CLAMP KIT, DIA 10, ASP1 FOR PLATE 3-8 mm A4 -
- - - - -
3
1
- - - -
TLL 2011-10-06 ALT. 1/1 13,1 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

TWISTLOCK ASSY HYD TYPE 1 A2 -

RETRO DRAWING NUMBER
1041491
BR1041491 - - TWISTLOCK ASSY HYD TYPE 1 RETRO -
BR1039198 1 1 TWISTLOCK SUBASSY RETRO a
BR1000430 3 1 GUIDE BLOCK - i
BR53968 4 1 SPHERICAL WASHER m
BR43653 5 1 TWISTLOCK ARM ASSY TYPE 1 HYDRAULIC -
- - - - -
3
1
- - - -
TLL 2011-10-06 ALT. 1/1 13,1 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

TWISTLOCK ASSY HYD TYPE 2 A2 -

RETRO DRAWING NUMBER
1041492
BR1041492 - - TWISTLOCK ASSY HYD TYPE 2 RETRO -
BR1039198 1 1 TWISTLOCK SUBASSY RETRO a
BR1000430 3 1 GUIDE BLOCK - i
BR53968 4 1 SPHERICAL WASHER m
BR57059 5 1 TWISTLOCK ARM TYPE 2 HYDRAULIC -
- - - - -
1 4 5 6 7
402 Nm
9
YCN 2011-09-27 ALT. 1/1 146,6 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

FLIPPER ARM ASSY A2 -

SOLID, LL, SB 18 DRAWING NUMBER
1041238
BR1041238 - - FLIPPER ARM ASSY SOLID FLAT SHAFT COLLAR SB 18 -
BR1002277 1 1 SB 18 - c
BR78456 2 4 SCREW M6S 20x120 CLASS 8.8, ISO 4014 -
BR400456 4 5 SHIM PLATE 2x60x152 a
BR48218 5 1 BUFFER - a
BR1041237 9 1 FLIPPER ARM FLAT SHAFT COLLAR SB18 b
a Item 8 was 78391. - 2012-02-03 YCN
b Screw was M20. - 2012-02-24 YCN
Adjusted with quantity of 49474
A A
3 2 4 5
2 2
6
1035
A-A
167 230
7 b
8 a b
YCN 2011-09-27 ALT. 1/1 63,5 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

FLIPPER ARM A2 b
FLAT SHAFT COLLAR SB18 DRAWING NUMBER
1041237
BR1041237 - - FLIPPER ARM FLAT SHAFT COLLAR SB18 b
BR1041236 1 1 FLIPPER ARM FLAT SHAFT COLLAR SB18 -
BR47492 2 2 BUFFER - b
BR47494 3 6 SHIM - b
BR77897 5 8 WASHER BRB 13x24x2 A4, HB200, SMS 70 -
BR1043993 8 4 SCREW MC6S 16x45 FZB, CLASS 8.8, ISO 4762 -
BR1034312 9 2 FLIPPER ARM ATTACHMENT I - a
Bromma Group Manual
8. Accessories
This chapter describes accessories for the BGS spreaders.
Accessories included in this delivery are marked in Chapter 3.
(Accessories included).
Some accessories may have been added after the spreader has
been delivered, notfication is then made in Chapter 9, Service
Notes.
For other special components see Chapter 7.4 (Additional
drawings for special components).
To ensure safe and harmless operation of the spreader it is

important to follow the instructions below and only use Bromma
spare parts when replacing components.
8-1- Jan. 03 rev.01 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
Bromma Group Manual
BGS Accessories
8.5 Hour Counter
70779 (115V), 1015908 (115V)
70780(230V), 1015909 (230V)
70873(380V)
76139(24V)
Application
In order to maintain correct service intervals an hour counter can
be mounted in the electric cabinet. The counter is mounted on a
socket which in turn is fixed on a rail.
Function
The hour counter is connected to the hydraulic motor. (see chapt.
6.3 Electric system). The counter operates when the motor is
running. This is indicated by an LED in the front. The counter
cannot be reset. When it reaches its maximum (99999.99 h) it
restarts from 0.
Technical specifications
Counter 70779 70780 70873 701654 1015908 1015909 76139

Operating Voltage 115VAC 230VAC 380VAC 440VAC 115VAC 230VAC 24VDC
Numerals 1,5 x 3,5
Voltage tolrerance ± 10% ‐
Frequency 50 Hz 60Hz 50‐60Hz
Power Consumption ~ 10mA 1,4‐15mA
Protection DIN40050
Ambient Temp. ‐20 ˚to +70 ˚C
Weight 46g
Front 52 x 52 mm
8-1-Dec. 07 rev.01 Bromma Conquip

Bromma Group Manual
Bromma Manual
8.10 TTDS Twin Twenty Detection System

8.10.1 Introduction
System Description
The Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System (TTDS) is designed
to sense the existence of two twenty foot containers in a forty foot
ship’s cell by detecting the gap between the two containers or the
sagging of the two containers. The twin twenty detection system is a
tool to assist the operator in detecting the dangerous situation of two
twenty foot containers under a spreader positioned in the 40 foot
position.
The majority of twin twenty conditions consist of two typical containers,
although there are several other variables to consider. The Bromma
Twin Twenty Detection System was designed to detect as many types
of flatrack and tank containers as possible without unnecessarily
shutting down operations.
Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System uses a seven sensor cluster
to avoid many of the false indications that plague other twin twenty
detection systems. Many twin twenty detection systems cannot
differentiate between a twin twenty condition and an open top
container, canvas tops, tank container, and lifts with overheights. The
Bromma twin twenty detection system is designed to give a “go” signal
during these lifts. By reducing the amount of false twin twenty
indications that need to be bypassed, Bromma can offer a more
reliable and productive system.
The Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System uses a cluster of seven
photoelectric sensors located in the center of the main frame. See
Figure 8.1. The five inner sensors are used to locate a gap between
two containers. The two outer sensors, S95 and S96, along with the
two outer sensors on the center cluster, S90 and S94 are used to
detect the existence of the containers. The system can detect a 38
mm (1,50 ") gap with a range of plus or minus 28 mm (1,10 ") from
the center of the spreader.
Figure 8.1: Photoelectric sensors

Bromma Manual
The Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System can also detect an unsafe
twin twenty lift even if the containers where butted together and there
is no gap. The idea is based on the fact that an unsafe twin twenty lift
will lift the ends of the containers that are locked on to the spreader
and ends at the center will not be lifted. By setting the outer sensors
lower than the inner sensors, there will be an area where the TTDS
will send an unsafe twin twenty lift even when no gap exists. When
the outer ends of the container are lifted beyond the setting of the
inner sensors, the TTDS go permissive will be switched off. The outer
sensors should still detect the presence of the containers. The TTDS
will interrupt the go permissive until the spreader is lifted beyond the
range of the outer sensors. This means when the twistlocks are locked
and the TTDS senses an unsafe lift, the hoisting should stop. Figure
8.2 shows the condition where the twistlock are locked and the outer
ends of the containers are being lifted, but the ends at the center are
not. The TTDS will determine that this condition is an unsafe twin
twenty lift and discontinue the go permissive. Figure 8.3 show a typical
unsafe twin twenty lift that will be detected by the TTDS.
Range of Range of
outer sensors inner sensors
Figure 8.2: Unsafe condition
Figure 8.3: Unsafe twin twenty lift

The Bromma TTDS can be mounted anywhere along the center of
the spreader. It is recommended that the TTDS be mounted inside
the main frame for maximum protection.
The twin twenty detection system is designed so a failure of a sensor
will not cause the system to fail and send a "go" signal during a twin
twenty condition. Because the definition of a gap is two or more
sensors, the system will not shut down if one of the gap sensors fails.
The system will become more sensitive to a twin twenty condition. A
failure is defined by a failure of the sensor, the relay wired to the
sensor, or a loose connection.

Bromma Manual
The Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System (TTDS) is not intended

nor will it detect all possible twin twenty conditions. The Limitation
Section outlines the situations where the twin twenty detection system
may give a false twin twenty indication or fail to give an indication.
Sensing The Gap Between Containers

The Bromma TTDS can detect a minimum of 38 mm (1,50 ") gap
between the containers. The Bromma TTDS defines a gap as two or
more consecutive sensors not detecting an obstruction in their view
path. Two consecutive sensors are used to define a gap to avoid false
readings due to damage or variations of the containers.
The center of the gap between containers does not have to fall in the
center of the spreader. The spreader could be as much as 28 mm
(1,10 ") from the center of the gap due to the spreader being landed
toward one end of the container, floating twistlocks, or the flexibility
of the spreader. For this reason, the gap sensing cluster is made up
of five sensors to achieve a plus or minus 28 mm (1,10 ") range.
Because of the physical size of the sensors, the sensors are mounted
in two rows. The two rows are staggered so any one sensor is halfway
between the sensors before and after.
Detecting a Container
The two outer sensors, S95 and S96, of the twin twenty detection
system are the primary sensors for detecting the existence of a
container. The two outer sensors of the gap cluster, sensors S90 and
S94, are used as secondary container sensors for tank containers
and flat racks. If these four sensors do not detect a container, the twin
twenty detection system will allow the container to be locked and lifted.
This situation will occur on forty foot open top containers or loose
fitting canvas topped containers.
If any of the four container sensing sensors detects a container, the
control is transferred to the gap sensing sensors. If two consecutive
sensors do not detect the container, the TTDS will not give the “go”
permissive.
The two outer sensors, S95 and S96, are located 114 mm (4,49 ")
from the center of the spreader to ensure that two twenty foot
containers are detected no matter where they are in the ship cell.
Sensor Settings
The inner sensors should be set low enough to detect sagging canvas
tops but not too low where it will detect the load in an open top
container. It is a known fact that two twenty foot containers can be
lifted in a cell by a spreader in single container mode. The bottom of
the containers will ride the cell guide and allow the crane to lift the
two containers. Once the containers leave the cell, the ends at the
center will drop and in most cases the container will fall. Even in the
cells the ends of the container at the center will be lower in relation
to the ends attached to the spreader. The inner sensors must be set
so they go from high to low state in the event that two twenty foot
containers are lifted in the cells.
When two twenty foot containers are lifted in a cell, the end of the
container at the center will be 137 mm (5,39 ") lower than the ends
supported by the spreader. To ensure that the inner sensors do not

Bromma Manual
detect the container in this configuration, the inner sensors should be

set so that the range is 133.4 mm (5,25 ") below the twistlock housings.
Deflection of the spreader and the 14 mm (0,55 ") difference between
the seated and the loaded position will ensure that the inner sensor
will not detect the container if this condition occurs. Since the TTDS
is located in different positions and the sensors are not mounted at
the same elevation, it is best to set the sensors based on the bottom
of the main beam. The type of spreader will determine the range of
the inner sensors. See Table 1 for recommended inner sensor settings
for different spreaders.
Since the spreader will travel lower than the theoretical spreader
height when it is landed on a container, the inner sensors will extend
approximately 178 mm (7,01 ") past the top of the container when the
spreader is landed. On all but canvas top containers, this engagement
should be adequate. The amount of the sag in the canvas top will
determine if a canvas top container will give a false indication.
In the case where an unsafe twin twenty lift occurs outside the cells,
the ends at the center will not be lifted. This means the outer sensors
need to be set so that once the go permissive has been interrupted,
the hoist should stop before the containers are lifted out of the range
of the outer sensors. On faster cranes where the stopping distance
is too long, logic in the crane should be added to watch for the
interruption of the go permissive with the twistlock locked and the
spreader not landed. Once a predetermined time period without the
go permissive has been reached with the twistlock locked, the hoist
should be stopped, even if the go permissive returns. When the
containers have been lifted high enough the outer sensors will no
longer be able to detect the containers and the go permissive will be
given. Bromma recommend a sensor setting of 305 mm (12,01 ")
greater than the inner sensors. The stopping distance of the crane
will determine if additional crane logic will be needed. The difference
between the inner sensor setting and the outer sensor setting needs
to be greater than the stopping distance of the crane, or additional
crane logic will be needed to properly detect the unsafe twin twenty
condition. If the settings are less than the stopping distance of the
crane, the hoist will be interrupted and then the hoist will coast until
the containers are outside the range of the outer sensors then the go
permissive will be given and the hoist will be able to rise again. Only
a pause will be seen.

Bromma Manual
See Table 1 for recommended outer sensor settings for different

spreaders.
Type of Spreader Inner Sensor Setting Outer Sensor Setting
(From Bottom of Main (From Bottom of Main
Beam) Beam)
SSX40, SSX45, STR40, STR45 & STS45 with 425 mm (16,73 ") 730 mm (28,74 ")
Standard end beams (172 mm (6,77 ") from Bottom
T/L Housing to Gable Tube).
SSX40, SSX45, STR40, STR45 & STS45 with 568 mm (22,36 ") 873 mm (34,37 ")
Bromma Classic end beams (342 mm (13,46 ")
from Bottom T/L Housing to Gable Tube).
SSX40, SSX45, STR40, STR45 & STS45 with INRS 606 mm (23,86 ") 911 mm (35,87 ")
end beams.
New Type ASX-7 & BSL-6, AST-6, & BST-6 405 mm (15,94 ") 710 mm (27,95 ")
(311 mm (12,24 ") from Bottom T/L Housing to
Gable Tube).
EH170U, EH5U with standard end beams. 345 mm (13,58 ") 650 mm (25,59 ")
AST-6SCH 384 mm (15,12 ") 689 mm (27,13 ")

(311 mm (12,24 ") from Bottom T/L Housing to
Gable Tube).
Old Style ASX-7 and BSL-6 337 mm (13,27 ") 640 mm (25,20 ")
(241 mm (9,49 ") from Bottom T/L Housing to Gable
Tube).
ASX-7 & BSL-6, AST-6, & BST-6 Spreaders with 457 mm (17,99 ") 762 mm (30,00 ")
INRS end beams.
AST-6SCH with INRS end beams. 4 mm (0,16 ") 740 mm (29,13 ")
Interface with Spreader and Crane Control

The Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System should be tied into the
spreader position circuit to deactivate the system when the spreader
is in the 20 or 45 foot position. In the case of a twin lift spreader, the
system should also be tied into the center housing down circuit so the
system is deactivated when the housings are down. The TTDS should
be tied into the hoisting circuit. In the event the system is fooled by a
small gap between the containers, the twistlocks can be locked and
the containers could be lifted. As the two containers are lifted, the
outer ends of the container are lifted beyond the setting of the inner
sensors, the TTDS go permissive will be switched off. The hoist should
then stop, only if the system is tied into the locked hoist permit. The
twin twenty detection indication should not affect the lowering of the
spreader or the unlocking of the twistlocks.
The stopping distance of the crane determines if the hoisting of the
container will stop within the range of the outer sensors. The stopping
distance of the crane is based on a number of parameters,
acceleration rate, deceleration rate and the hoist speed. Since each

Bromma Manual
crane is set up differently, testing the actual crane may be the only
way to determine if the 305 mm (12,01 ") difference between the inner
and outer sensors will be enough to stop the hoist. A test to determine
if only the difference in sensor settings will be enough to stop the hoist
is described below.
On faster cranes the sensor settings may not be enough to stop the
hoist. When the TTDS is fooled by the two containers butted together
and the two containers are lifted, the go permissive will be interrupted,
but since the crane can not stop quickly, the spreader will be lifted
passed the range of the outer sensors and the go permissive will be
sent again. If no other logic is in the crane PLC, the hoist will start
again. To avoid this, one of the two crane logic options should be
added to the PLC.
• The first option would be to place TTDS latching logic to stop the
hoist and keep it stopped if the go permissive is interrupted for a
half a second to one second when the twistlocks are locked. The
only way to hoist would be to cycle the twistlocks to the unlock
position or active the Twin Twenty Detection bypass. The TTDS
latching logic would need to be added in the PLC. It should be
noted that is not a good idea to stop the hoist and keep it stopped
based on just the interruption of the go permissive. As the spreader
is landing or the containers are lifted, the TTDS will interrupt the
go permissive momentarily as the sensors adjust to a different
status. The interruption of the go permissive should be continuous
over a period of time from 0.5 to 1 seconds.
• The second option would be to keep the hoist in slowdown mode
for 2 second after lifting the containers. This would allow the hoist
to be stopped within the range of the outer sensors.
Testing the Stopping Distance of the Crane

The following test can be done to check if the TTDS sensor setting
and crane controls are properly set to stop an unsafe twin twenty lift.
The first test should be performed without addition TTDS latching
logic in the PLC to check if the sensor settings would be all that is
necessary.
• Properly set the TTDS sensors.
• Place two empty twenty foot containers on the ground so that the
ends are butted together.
• Land the spreader on the containers with the center housings up.
• Tape a large piece of cardboard (460 mm (18,11 ") by 610 mm
(24,02 ")) to the top of the containers directly under the TTDS
sensors.
• Lock the twistlocks to the outside ends of the containers.
• The operator should lift the containers at full stick. Note: The
containers should only be lifted 0.6-0.9 m (about two to three feet
).
• If the TTDS is set properly and the proper hoist interrupts are in
place, the TTDS will stop the hoist and it should remain stopped.

Bromma Manual
• Activate the Twin Twenty Detection Bypass to see if it is working

properly.
• Check to see if the crane can hoist the containers with the Twin
Twenty Detection Bypass active. (Only lift the containers slightly).
If the test properly stops the hoisting of the containers, repeat the test
two more times. If all three attempts are successfully, then additional
logic in the PLC is not needed.
If any of the attempts fail to stop the hoist, the TTDS latching logic or
the hoist slowdown needs to be included in the PLC logic and the test
should be repeated. If the TTDS latching logic is used, start with a
timer set for 1 second. Continue to reduce the time setting until the
TTDS properly stops the hoisting of the containers.
Twin Twenty Detection By-Pass

Since there is a possibility that the TTDS will indicate a twin twenty
condition when it is landed on a forty foot container or flat rack, the
system must be equipped with a method to override the system. To
do this, a twin twenty bypass should be placed either on the crane or
on the spreader. The bypass should be keyed and only operated by
authorized maintenance personnel. The bypass should be used only
after the situation has been checked thoroughly. When the twin twenty
bypass is activated, an audible alarm should be sounded to warn the
workers that the bypass is active. It is the customer’s responsibility
to determine if a twin twenty condition exists when the bypass is
activated.
Maintenance
Normal maintenance of the system includes testing the system
according to the Testing the Twin Twenty Detection System Section
(attached) and cleaning the lenses. The operation of the system should
be checked at every maintenance period to ensure the proper
operation of the system. The lenses should also be cleaned at every
maintenance period. The sensor will become more sensitive as the
lens become dirty and the system will indicate a twin twenty condition
where there is none.
False Signals
Some ports have encounter false twin twenty indications during heavy
rains. A puddle can form directly beneath the sensor cluster and the
wind and rain can produce ripple in the puddle. The reflective nature
of the puddle and the ripples abnormally disperses the light from the
sensors, leading to the TTDS indicating a twin twenty condition. The
system should be bypassed until the container is unloaded.
Functional Description
The twin twenty detection system (TTDS) is designed to stop the
twistlocks from locking if a twin twenty condition is detected. The
system is also tied into the locked hoist permissive to stop the hoist
if the system is fooled and the twistlocks are locked. The twin twenty
detection signal should only stop the twistlocks from locking when the
spreader is in the 40 foot position or the position of the spreader is
unknown and the center housings are up. A keyed bypass switch
labeled TWIN TWENTY DETECTION BYPASS, should be installed

Bromma Manual
in a convenient location to bypass the twin twenty detection system.

The bypass should only be used after the twin twenty situation has
been checked. An alarm should sound when the bypass switch is
activated to warn the worker that a bypass is active.
The crane logic must contain the following interlocks for

proper use of the TTDS:
• The crane logic must block the operator from locking the
twistlocks when a TTDS go permissive is not given.
• The crane logic must block the operator from hoisting the
spreader and container when the twistlocks are locked and
a TTDS go permissive is not given.
The TTDS is bypassed under certain condition and a TTDS “go”

permissive will be sent from the spreader. The logic in the crane should
also include the bypasses to mimic the spreader. The valid TTDS “go”
permissives that need to be supplied by the crane logic are as follows.
Valid TTDS “go” permissives supplied by crane control:

• Spreader in 20 foot position.
• Spreader in 45 foot position.
• Center Housings are down.
• The Twin Twenty Detection Bypass is activated
The twin twenty detection indication should not affect anything when
the spreader is in the 20 or 45 foot position, the twistlocks are unlocked
or the center housings are down. The twin twenty detection indication
should not effect the lowering of the spreader or the unlocking of the
twistlocks.
If the twin twenty detection indication effects the lowering of the hoist,
then the crane may be stuck in a position it cannot recover. If the
system is fooled and the twistlocks are locked, the TTDS can sense
the sagging of the container at the center of the spreader and interrupt
the “go” permissive and stop the hoist. Without the ability to lower the
spreader and unlock the twistlocks, the containers will be stuck partial
lifted.
If the twin twenty detection indication effects the hoisting of the crane
with the twistlocks unlocked, the operator will not be able to raise the
spreader to put down the center housing or the spreader will not be
able to be removed to check to see if there are two twenty foot
containers.
Both of these conditions can be overcome using the twin twenty
indication bypass, but frequent use of the bypass will be a nuisance.
If the use of the bypass becomes routine, then the operator may use
the bypass when there is a twin twenty condition just out of habit.
Bromma strongly recommends that each twin twenty occurrence be
thoroughly checked before the bypass is used.

Bromma Manual
The logic for the twin twenty detection system is contained on the
spreader. The logic on the spreader should be imitated in the PLC.
The logic must be installed and maintained to ensure the safe
operation of the spreader.
There may be a momentary loss of the twin twenty detection
permissive during the landing of the container as the photosensors
adjust to their new status.
8.10.2 Limitations
The limitations of the twin twenty detection system are (see Figure
8.4):
1 There must be a 38.1 mm (1,50 ") gap between the containers
where the twin twenty detection system is sensing.
2 There must be a support between the end corner castings near
the top of the container or flat rack. The support must be at least
76.2 mm (3,00 ") thick and the side of the support cannot be more
than 50.6 mm (1,99 ") from the end of the corner castings.
3 The maximum recess along the top of a container between the
corner castings is 50.8 mm (2,00 ").
4 The twin twenty detection system has given false twin twenty
indications during heavy rains.
50.8
mm
(2,00
") Max.
76.2 mm
38.1
(3,00
mm
") Min.
(1,50
") Min.
50.8 mm
(2,00
") Max.
Flat rack or Container

tank container
Figure 8.4: Limitations

Bromma Manual
8.10.3 Procedure To Adjust Photoelectric Sensor On

Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System (TTDS)
Use the attached Figure 8.5 as reference.
Operation Mode Setting

1 The operation mode screw is mounted on the front face of the
sensor.
2 Rotate the mode screw to D for Dark On or to L for Light On.
3 Photoelectric Sensors S90 thru S94 are set Light On. Photoelectric
Sensors S95 and 96 are set Dark On.
Distance Setting
1 Determine the type of spreader. Using Table 1, find the settings
for the inner and outer sensors for the spreader.
2 Place a black mat object the proper distance +/- 6 mm (0,24 ")
from the bottom of the main beam for setting the inner sensors.
3 Rotate the sensor distance adjustment screw on the inner sensors
until the photoelectric sensor is activated.
4 Repeat the procedure until all five inner photoelectric sensors are
set.
5 Place a black mat object the proper distance +/- 6 mm (0,24 ")
from the bottom of the main beam for setting the outer sensors.
6 Rotate the sensor distance adjustment screw on the outer sensors
until the photoelectric sensor is activated.
7 Repeat the procedure until both the outer photoelectric sensors
are set.
Indication Lights
The green indicating light is illuminated when there is a stable light
or dark condition.
The red indicating light is illuminated when the output is active.
Sensing distance
pointer
Sensing distance
Operation indicator screw
(red)
Illuminates when
output is activated. Stability indicator (green)
Illuminates under stable
light or dark conditions.
Figure 8.5: Adjust Photoelectric Sensor

Bromma Manual
8.10.4 Testing The Twin Twenty Detection System

Items in parenthesis are for Twin Lift Spreaders Only.
Description Accepted (Initials) Date
Check each sensor individually to see if the green LED lights on each
sensor are illuminated.
Check each sensor individually to see that the red LED lights changes
state when an object is place 150 mm (5,91 ") below the sensor.
With the twistlocks unlocked, (the center housings up) and the spreader
in the 40-foot position, place an object about 150 mm (5,91 ") below all
the sensors. The LED lights on each sensor should be checked to make
sure the sensor is tripped. The twistlocks should lock and the twin twenty
light should not light.
Clear the area 1020 mm (40,16 ") from the bottom of the main beam. With
the twistlocks unlocked, the plungers up, (the center housings up) and the
spreader in the 40-foot position, check to see if the twistlocks will lock.
The twistlocks should lock and the twin twenty light should not light.
With the twistlocks unlocked, the plungers up, (the center housings up)
and the spreader in the 40-foot position, place an object approximately
150 mm (5,91 ") directly below one of the outer sensors. Check to see if
the twistlocks will lock. The twistlocks should not lock and the twin twenty
light should light.
and the spreader in the 40-foot position, place an object approximately 6”
directly below the other outer sensors. Check to see if the twistlocks will
lock. The twistlocks should not lock and the twin twenty light should light.
150 mm (5,91 ") directly below all of the sensors. Check to see if the
twistlocks will lock. The twistlocks should lock and the twin twenty light
should not light.
150 mm (5,91 ") directly below one of the outer sensors. Check to see if
the twistlocks will lock. The twistlocks should lock and the twin twenty light
should not light.
With the twistlocks unlocked, the plungers up, (the center housing up) and
spreader in the 45-foot position, place an object approximately 150 mm
(5,91 ") directly below one of the outer sensors. Check to see if the
should not light.

Bromma Manual
Description Accepted (Initials) Date
With the twistlocks unlocked, the plungers up, the center housing down
and spreader in the 40-foot position, place an object approximately 150
mm (5,91 ") directly below one of the outer sensors. Check to see if the
should not light.
(This step is for Twinlift Spreaders Only)

Bromma Manual
8.10.5 Wiring
Figure 8.6 shows the typical wiring scheme for the TTDS. See the
electrical schematic of the spreader to determine the actual wiring.
Control Control
power neutral
Control Control
power neutral 20 foot position
45 foot
position
R100
TTDS fault indication
Center
housing up
Twin twenty
by-pass switch
Twin twenty
S90
by-pass audible alarm
Crane S91
S92 Twin twenty

detection controller
S93
Spreader S94
S95
S96
Figure 8.6: Wiring scheme for TTDS

Bromma Manual
8.10.6 Pin Layout
10 m (32,8 ft)
Figure 8.7: Male Socket on Figure 8.8: Main Cable with

TTDS Plug
The following is the pin layout for the main cable.
Wire No. Pin No. Function
1 A Power
2 B Neutral
YL/GR C Equipment Ground
3 D Common Supply Relay 1
4 E TTDS Fault Relay 1 (N.C.) (TTDS fault)
5 F TTDS Fault Relay 1 (N.O.) (TTDS permissive)
6 G Common Supply Relay 2
7 H TTDS Fault Relay 2 (N.C.) (TTDS fault)
8 I TTDS Fault Relay 2 (N.O.) (TTDS permissive)
9 J Fault Override (115 VAC)
8.8.7 Spares
The following is a list of typical spares. See the electrical wiring
diagram of the spreader to determine the actual parts used.
Part No. Description
38272 Twin Twenty Detection Controller (TTDC) for

120 VAC
220 VAC
24 VDC
38274 Main Cable

Bromma Manual
Part No. Description
RST3RKWT4/3- Cable Between TTDC and Sensors

631/.6M
UZD355A Photoelectric Sensor
8.10.8 Troubleshooting
Procedure to Trouble Shoot the Twin Twenty Detection
System
This procedure is used for Twin Twenty Detection Systems with the
Bromma TTDS controller another procedure is used to troubleshoot
the TTDS with relays.
Position the spreader so it is raised at least three (3) feet from the
ground in the area of the twin twenty detection system. There will be
one relay mounted in the main junction box that is the “go” permissive
for the twin twenty detection system. Check the electrical schematic
for the spreader to determine the relay number for the “go” permissive.
For this document, the “go” permissive relay will be called R100. When
Relay 100 is powered, the go permissive is given. If Relay 100 is not
on, then the twin twenty detection system is indicating a twin twenty
condition. See Figure 8.1 for the sensor configuration.
1 Check to see that the cables number corresponds to the sensor
number. See Figure 8.1 for the sensor configuration. Cable S90
is on sensor S90, Cable S91 is on sensor S91, Cable S92 is on
sensor S92, Cable S93 is on sensor S93, Cable S94 is on sensor
S94, Cable S95 is on sensor S95 and Cable S96 is on sensor S96.
• Reconnect the cables to the proper sensors if the cabling is not
correct.
2 When there is no object under the sensor cluster, the green LED
lights should be lit on all the sensors. The red LED light should be
illuminated on sensors S95 and S96. The LED light on Relay 100
should be illuminated.
• If the green LED light on some sensors is not illuminated and
illuminated on other sensors, the cable to the sensor may be
bad, the sensor may be bad or the controller may be bad. First,
check the sensor according to the attached, “Procedure For
Checking Sensors”. If the sensor is not bad, check the cable
to the bad sensor according the attached, “Procedure For
Checking Sensor Cable”. If the cable to the sensor is not bad,
replace the TTDS controller according to the attached,
“Procedure to Replace Twin Twenty Detection System
Controller.”
• If none of the green LED lights on the sensors are illuminated,
the cable to the TTDS controller may be bad or the controller
is bad. First, check the wiring to the TTDS controller according
to the attached, “Procedure For Checking Cable to TTDS
Controller”. If the wiring is not bad, replace the TTDS controller
according to the attached, “Procedure to Replace Twin Twenty
Detection System Controller.”

Bromma Manual
3 Place masking tape over the face of the outside sensor S95. The
red LED light should go off. The LED light in Relay 100 will not be
illuminated.
• If the red LED light does not go out, check the sensor according
to the attached, “Procedure For Checking Sensors”.
• If the LED light in Relay R100 does not go out, the cable to the
sensor may be bad, the cable to the TTDS controller may be
bad, or the controller may be bad. First, check the wiring to the
TTDS controller according to the attached, “Procedure For
Checking Cable to TTDS Controller”. If the wiring to the TTDS
controller is not bad, check the cable to the bad sensor
according the attached, “Procedure For Checking Sensor
Cable”. If the cable to the sensor is not bad, replace the TTDS
controller according to the attached, “Procedure to Replace
Twin Twenty Detection System Controller.”
4 Remove the masking tape from sensor S95. Place masking tape
over the face of sensor S96. The red LED light should go off. The
LED light in Relay 100 will not be illuminate.
• If the red LED light does not go out, check the sensor according
to the attached, “Procedure For Checking Sensors”.
5 Place the masking tape back onto sensor S95, then individually
add masking tape to sensors S90, S91, S92, S93 and S94. When
the tape is placed on the sensor, the red LED light on the sensor
should illuminate.
• If the red LED light does not illuminate, check the sensor
according to the attached, “Procedure For Checking Sensors”.
6 After all the sensors have been covered. The LED light on Relay
100 should illuminate.
• If the LED light in Relay R100 does not illuminate, the cable to
the TTDS controller may be bad, or the controller may be bad.
First, check the wiring to the TTDS controller according to the
attached, “Procedure For Checking Cable to TTDS Controller”.
If the wiring to the TTDS controller is not bad replace the TTDS
7 Check the logic in the TTDS controller by removing the tape from
two sensors. See the list below for the proper pair of sensors. The
LED light in Relay 100 should go out. If the LED light in Relay 100
goes out, replace the tape and uncover the next pair.

Bromma Manual
Sensors S90 and S91

Sensors S91 and S92
Sensors S92 and S93
Sensors S93 and S94
8 If everything has worked properly to this point and the system is
still not functioning properly on the spreader, check the wirings to
the relay according to the attached “Procedure to Check the Wiring
to the “Go” Permissive Relay.
Procedure to Replace A Twin-Twenty Detection System

Sensor
1 Remove the sensor cluster from the spreader by removing the
bottom locknuts on the cluster shock mounts (See Figure 8.1).
2 Remove cluster from mounting brackets.
3 Remove screws and wiring from sensor. The sensors are held in
place by two screws.
4 Separate the bad sensors from the other sensors. Note the location
of sensors in cluster.
5 Unscrew the sensor cable form the sensor.
6 Reinstall the sensor cable onto the new sensor.
7 Reinstall the sensor back into the cluster and make sure all sensors
are back in their proper order.
8 Place the sensor cluster back on the support brackets and replace
the shock mount nuts.
9 Set the new sensor according to “Procedure To Adjust Photoelectric
Sensor On Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System (TTDS)”
10 Retest the Twin Twenty Detection System according to “Procedure
to Trouble Shoot Twin-Twenty Detection System”.
Procedure to Replace A Twin-Twenty Detection System

Controller (TTDC)
1 Disconnect the cables to the sensors at the TTDC.
2 Disconnect the main cable to the TTDC.
3 Remove the nut holding the TTDC.
4 Remove the TTDC.

Bromma Manual
5 Place the new TTDC on the shock mounts.

6 Reinstall the nut on the shock mounts.
7 Reinstall the main cable to the TTDC.
8 Reinstall the sensor cable to the TTDC. Make sure the cables are
connected to the proper connections.
9 Retest the Twin Twenty Detection System according to “Procedure
to Trouble Shoot Twin-Twenty Detection System”.
Procedure to Checking Cable to TTDS Controller

1 Before checking the cable, check all the connections of the cable
to the terminal strips. Look for loose screws, bad crimps and frayed
strands.
• If any bad connections are found, repair and retest the TTDS.
2 If a spare cable is available, temporarily wire the cable in the
junction box. Disconnect the existing cable and plug in the spare
cable. Retest the TTDS.
• If the TTDS operates properly, then replace the existing cable.
If the TTDS is not functioning properly, reconnect the existing
cable and follow the Procedure to Trouble Shoot the TTDS to
determine the cause of the problem.
3 If a spare cable is not available, unplug the cable from the TTDC
with the power off. Turn on the power. Carefully with a voltmeter
meter, place one probe on Pin A and the other to Pin B. The
voltmeter meter should read the proper voltage (24 VDC, 115 VAC
or 220 VAC). See the electrical schematic to determine the proper
voltage.
• If the meter does not show any voltage, measure and verify
with the voltmeter that the proper voltage in on the wire
terminations in the junction box. If not, repair the problem in
the junction box. If the proper voltage exists on the wire
terminations, replace the cable.
4 If the meter reads the proper voltage, carefully with a voltmeter
meter, place one probe on Pin G and the other to Pin B. The ohm
meter should read the proper voltage (24 VDC, 115 VAC or 220
VAC). See the electrical schematic to determine the proper voltage.
• If the meter does not show any voltage, measure and verify
with the voltmeter that the proper voltage in on the wire
terminations in the junction box. If not repair the problem in the
junction box. If the proper voltage exists on the wire
terminations, replace the cable.
5 If the meter reads the proper voltage, remove the power on the
spreader. With the ohm meter set to check for continuity, check
each of the wires for continuity. The following chart shows the pin
out for the cable.
1 A Power

Bromma Manual
2 B Neutral
YL/GR C Equipment Ground
3 D Common Supply Relay 1
4 E TTDS Fault Relay 1 (N.O.)
5 F TTDS Fault Relay 1 (N.C.)
6 G Common Supply Relay 2
7 H TTDS Fault Relay 2 (N.O.)
8 I TTDS Fault Relay 2 (N.C.)
9 J Fault Override (115 VAC)
• If the meter shows any breaks in the cable, replace the cable.
6 If no breaks are found, follow the Procedure to Trouble Shoot the
TTDS to determine the cause of the problem.
Procedure to Checking Sensor

1 If a spare cable is available, remove the suspected cable and install
the spare cable. Retest the TTDS.
• If the TTDS operates properly, then keep the spare cable
installed. If the TTDS is not functioning properly, reconnect the
existing cable and look for another problem.
2 If a spare cable is not available, unplug the cable from the TTDC
and the sensor. With the ohm meter set to check for continuality,
check each of the wires for continuity.
• If the meter shows any breaks in the cable, replace the cable.
3 If no breaks are found, follow the Procedure to Trouble Shoot the
TTDS to determine the cause of the problem.

Bromma Manual
Bromma Conquip
Bromma Group Manual
BGS Accessories
Twistlock Counter
70782(230V), 70781(115V),
76140(24V)
Application
In order to maintain the correct service intervals a twistlock
counter can be mounted in the electric cabinet. The counter is
mounted directly on a rail.
Function
The twistlock counter is connected together with the twistlock
locked signal. (see chapt. 6.3 Electrical system). When the twist-
lock locked sensors gives a positve and a negative pulse the
counter increments one step. The counter cannot be reset. When
it reaches its maximum (9999999 pulses) it restarts from 0.
Counter 70782 70781 70873

Operating Voltage 230V AC 115V AC 24V DC
Numerals 1.5 x 3.5 mm
Voltage tolerance + 10 % __
Frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz __
Power consumption
Protection
Ambient temperature - 20oC to +70oC
Weight
Front 35x45 mm

Bromma Group Manual
Bromma Group Manual
BGS Accessories
H.I.S. Height Indication
System
37991 115/230 V AC
37993 24V DC
37992 115/230 V AC PLC

37994 24V DC PLC

Bromma Group Manual
Description
The system is based on ultrasonic sensors and is generally
used for indication to the crane pilot that the spreader is
approaching a container, or slowing the hoist down as the
spreader descends upon a container.
Two sensors have been chosen for redundancy and the

indicating signal is triggered if either of the sensors detect an
object below the spreader. The sensors are of two different
models and cannot interfere with each other´s operating
frequencies.
The range of the system is configurable (0,5-4 m) by setting
the sensors at the desired operating range to suit the ramp of
the hoist on the current crane.
Logic and redundancy can be located in the spreader or crane

PLC. In a case were an existing PLC is to be used, Bromma
will supply the block logic as a programming guideline. If no
PLC is available a heavy-duty controller can be provided for
this purpose.
Main Sensor
frame
The ultrasonic sensors are 24V DC and a power supply is
included for 115V AC and 230V AC systems.
Short
distance
position
Setting Crane slow speed

Crane slow speed: 10% of maximum speed or max 0.3m/s.
It is recommended to use the full sensing range of the sensors. Long
This distance can however be reduced based on experience distance
position
for each specific case.
Setting Switch Points

The two sensors are from different manufacturers, therefore
the method of setting the switch points is different.
LED on top
Sensor 1.1 (79579) of sensor
This sensor is provided with a switching output with two
programmable switch points. They are set by applying -24V Pins in sensor socket
for the long distance position or +24V for the short distance (Valid for both types)
position to the teaching input (pin no. 2 in sensor socket) for at
least 1 second.
The distance is programmed by holding a 100 mm by 100 mm
metal target in front of the sensor at the desired distance and
applying the proper voltage to Pin 2. The LED on the top of
the sensor indicates that the set point has been properly stored.
Bromma Group Manual
Controls P1
Sensor 2.1 (79580)
and P2 This sensor is equipped with two controls, P1 and P2.
The short distance position is set by P1 and the long distance
position by P2. LEDs located on the sensor indicate when the
target is detected.
For both sensors the long distance position should be set to

approximately 3 m (depending on crane type).
The short distance should be set as short as possible and by all
means kept above the bottom of the main frame.
Sensor 79579 (FA) 79580 (SB)
Operating voltage 20-30 V DC 20-30 V DC
Rated operating current < 60mA < 50mA
Transducer frequency approx .85 kHz approx .120 kHz
Detection range 500-4000 mm 400-3000 mm
Protection class to
IP65 IP65
DIN40 050
Operating temp. range -25o C... +70o C -25o C ... +70o C
Storage temp. range -40o C... +85o C -40o C... +85o C
Spare parts
See chapter 6.3 Electrical system

Bromma Group Manual

Bromma Group Manual
9. Service Notes, Feedback

9.1 Service Notes
To be able to follow up the history of this spreader it is of great
importance to make notes of all service measures and
replacement of spare parts. This can be done below.
Start up procedure
Comments:
Date Signature
Maintenance after 50 h
Lubrication Renew filter Renew hydraulic oil
Comments:
Date Signature

Twistlock Hydraulic system pressure, * Ties, bearing beams, Bottom rails
check leakage and tighten roller attachments tightened inspected
Comments: Positioning sensors
inspected
Date Signature

inspected
Date Signature
* only valid for twinlift spreaders

Bromma Group Manual
Lubrication Renew filter Renew hydraulic oil Check chain tension

inspected
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Comments: Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual


inspected
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Lubrication Glide plates

check
Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual


inspected
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature


Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual

inspected
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature


check
Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual


inspected
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature


Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual


inspected
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Twistlock crack Hydraulic system * Ties, bearing beams, Bottom rails
detection pressure, roller attachments inspected
leakage and tighten tightened
renew
Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual


inspected
Date Signature
Maintenance after3 400 h

Comments:
Date Signature


Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual

inspected
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature


check
Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual

inspected
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature


Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual

inspected
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature


check
Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual

inspected
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature


Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual

inspected
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Twistlock crack Hydraulic system * Ties, bearing beams, Bottom rails
detection pressure, roller attachments inspected
leakage and tighten tightened
renew
Comments:
Date Signature
Maintenance after6100 h
Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual
Maintenance after .......... h

inspected
Date Signature
Maintenance after ..........h

Comments:
Date Signature


Comments:
Date Signature

Comments:
Date Signature

Bromma Group Manual
9.2 Feedback
In our efforts to evaluate both the products and the manuals it
is of great value for BROMMA to receive your opinion and
experience from daily usage.
We would be grateful if you could take a few minutes of your
time and fill in the applicable parts in the form below.
The Product
Spreader type Serial No Date of delivery
Approx. operating time Company Date
Name
1. Did the product fulfil your expectations?
Not at all Not in all aspects Acceptable Yes, in most aspects Yes,very much so
2. Is there something you miss or find unsatisfactory about this product?
3. Is there something you find unnecessary on this product?
Service and spare parts

4. In your experience have you received the help and support from BROMMA you expected?
Not at all Not in all aspects Acceptable Yes, in most aspects Yes,very much so
5. Is it easy to find the spare parts you need to order?
Not at all Not in all aspects Acceptable Yes, in most aspects Yes, very easy
6. Do you find it easy to order the requested spare parts ? (BROMMA E-Commerce)
7. How do you find the pricing of the BROMMA spare parts ?

Cheap Acceptable High Expensive

Bromma Group Manual
8. How do you find the delivery time of the BROMMA spare parts ?
Slow Acceptable Fast
9. Do you have any other viewpoints about the service and spare parts?
This Manual
10. Is it easy to find the information needed in this manual?
11. Is it easy to understand the symbols, illustrations and the text in this manual?
12. Is there any information you miss in this manual?
13. Is there any unnecessary information in this manual?
14. Do you have any other comments about this manual?
15. Will you recommend your company to purchase more products from BROMMA?
No No opinion Yes
Thank you for taking your time. Please send this form to:
BROMMA Conquip AB
Aftersales & Service Dept.
Krossgatan 31-33
SE 162 50 Vällingby
Sweden
You can also send it by fax to: +46 8 7393703

Bromma Group Manual
10. Index Introduction

Keywords are represented in alphabetical order. The numbers
after the keywords refer to the applicable chapter and page within
that chapter.
Example: Drain plug 6.4-14, 6.4-15 means that the word
Drain plug is mentioned on pages 14 and 15 in chapter 6.4.
Most words in chapters 7 and 8 are excluded since these
chapters are modular and their contents vary.
A D
Accessories 3-2 Damper 2-7
Actuator 2-7 Data plate 7-1
Adjuster 6.4-7 Data sheet 2-6, 2-7, 3-1,7-1
Adjuster screw 6,4-12 De-aeration 6.4-1, 6.4-3, 6.4-13
Adjuster slot 6.4-7 Delivery note 7-2
Digital encoder 6.4-1, 6.4-10
B Directional valve 2-5
Beam tunnel 6.1-6 Drain plug 6.4-12, 6.4-13
Beam unit 6.4-6 Draw bar 6.4-14
Bearing beams 6.1-2, 6.1-4
Bearing covers 6.4-6 E
Bearings 6.4-8 EC-Directive 3-3
Bell-housing 6.4-11 E-commerce website 7.1-1
Blocking circuit 6.5-3 Electric motor 6.4-1, 6.4-11
Blocking piece 4-2 Electrical cabinet 2-1, 2-5, 4-1, 6.4-10
Bottom rails 6.1-2, 6.1-4 Electrical protection 3-1
Breather bag 3-2 Electrical system 2-5
Bromma Hotline 7-1 Encoder 2-5, 6.4-10
End beam 2-1, 2-5
C Endless chain 2-3
Cable chain 6.4-1, 6.4-10
Cable clamp 6.4-10 F
Cable holder 6.4-10 Filler cap 6.4-13
Center twistlock housings 4-2, 5-1 Filter 6.4-13
Chain 6.1-7 Filter insert 6.4-13
Chain locks 6.4-7 Fixed guide arms 2-6
Chain lubricant 6.1-5, 6.1-7 Flag 6.4-3
Chain wheel 6.4-8 Flipper arm attachment 6.4-4
Claw wrench 4-2 Flipper arm gearbox 6.1-7, 6.4-4
Colour coded 5-2 Flipper arms 2-1, 2-5, 2-6, 5-2, 6.4-1
Cones 5-1 Flipper arms a 6.4-3, 6.4-4, 6.4-13
Container crane 4-1 Floating mechanism 6.1-2
Container range 3-1 Flow meter 4-2
Control supply 4-1, 4-3 Flow rate 6.5-1
Corner rollers 3-2 Flow regulator 6.4-12
Corrosion protection 3-1 Forklift truck 6.4-6
Counter balance valve 2-3
Crane cab control panel 2-5, 4-1
Crane connector 4-1
Crane controls 5-1
Cross bar 6.4-10
Cylinder coupling 6.4-15

Bromma Group Manual
G
Land side 5-2
Gear lubricant 6.1-5
Lubrication instruction 6.1-5
Gearbox 2-7, 6.4-4, 6.4-8
Leakage hose 6.4-12
Gearbox fitting screws 6.4-8
Limit switches 6.4-3
General funktion 2-1
Lower glide plater 6.4-6
Glide plates 2-3, 6.1-4, 6.4-1,6.4-6
Loctite 6.4-6
Glide plates a 6.4-14
Landing buffer 6.4-6, 6.4-14
Gravity point 5-1
Lock rings 6.4-8
Grease 6.1-5
Landing switches 6.5-3
Grease fitting 6.1-7, 6.4-8
Guide arm indicator 3-2
Guide arms 2-5, 2-7 M
Guide block 6.4-2, 6.4-16 Mandatory symbol 1-1
Main electrical box 4-1
H Main frame (Main beam) 2-1, 2-5, 4-1, 6.1-6,
Main frame (Main beam)a 6.1-8, 6.4-14
Hydraulic pump 6.4-1, 6.4-12
Maintenance actions 6.1-4
Hydraulic motor 6.4-4, 6.4-8
Maintenance information 1-1
Hydraulic pump pressure 6.1-2
Maneuver panel (Control p.) 3-2
Hydraulic tank 6.1-2
Manifold block 6.4-10
Hydraulic system 2-2, 2-5, 6.1-4
Manifold couplings 6.4-10
Headblock 2-5, 4-1, 4-3
Manually operated 2-5, 4-2
Hand pump 3-2
Modular system 2-6
Humidity 6.1-2
Moored ship 5-1
Height 3-1
Motor flange 6.4-11
Hose connections 6.1-2
Motor heater 3-2
High temp indicator 3-2
Motor lead wires 4-1
Housing 6.4-10
Motor rotation 4-1,4-3
Hour counter 3-2
Motor screw 6.4-4
Hose couplings 6.4-10
HIS Height indication system 3-2
Hub 6.4-1 N
Non-containerized cargo 2-3
I
Indicator lamps 3-2 O
INRS Impact noise red. syst. 2-5 Oil and filters 6.4-1, 6.4-13
Oil filling hole 6.4-13
J Oil level 2-5, 4-1
Operating movements 3-1
Junction box 2-5, 6.4-10, 6.4-15
Operating voltage 3-1
Operator information 1-1
K Over centre valves 2-2
key 6.4-4, 6.4-8 Overheight extension legs 2-3
L P
Lifting lugs 2-3 Password 7-1
Landing pin 2-4, 4-2 Pedestal bearing 6.1-7, 6.4-1, 6.4-8
Lifting capacity 3-1 Penetrating fluid 6.1-3
Landing pin bypass 3-2 Plastic bag 6.4-3, 6.4-4
Low level indicator 3-2 Position sensors 6.4-1, 6.4-2, 6.4-9
Low pressure indicator 3-2 Power consumption 3-1
Lubricate 4-1, 4-3, 6.1-2, 6.1-3 Power pack 2-1, 2-7, 6.1-10

Bromma Group Manual
Power pack cover 6.4-11 Split cotters 6.4-3, 6.4-7

Power supply 6.1-2, 6.4-1, 6.4-10 Spreader bar 6.1-1
Pressure filter 6.4-13 Spreader type 3-1
Pressure gauge 4-2, 6.4-12, 6.4-13 Spring Washer 2-4
Pressure test point 6.4-12 Stop screw 6.4-10
Product responsibility dir. 3-3 Symbols 1-1
Prohibitory symbol 1-1
Protection plate 6.4-9 T
Proximity switches 2-4, 2-5 Tank 2-2
Pulpit on wheel 3-2 Tank capacity 3-1
Pulse encoder 2-4 Telescopic beam unit 2-1, 2-3, 6.1-6, 6.1-9,
Pump drain line 6.5-1 Telescopic beam unit a 6.4-1, 6.4-6, 6.4-14
Pump suction line 6.5-1 Telescopic chain 2-4, 6.1-2, 6.4-1,
Telescopic chain a 6.4-7, 6.4-8
R Telescopic drive 6.1-10
Rail mounted gantry spr. 2-6 Telescopic motor 4-2, 6.1-7,6.4-1, 6.4-8
Receptacle 4-1, 4-3 Telescopic system 2-1, 2-3
Reduction gearbox 2-3 Tension rods 2-4, 6.4-10
Registered user 7.1 Test adapter 2-2
Retractable guide arms 2-5 Ties 6.1-2
Return line filter 6.4-13 Timer 6.5-3
Return number 7-2 Torque wrench 6.1-8, 6.4-7
Return parts 7-2 Trestles 4-1, 6.4-1
Robalon pad 6.4-6 Triangle symbol 1-1
Roller attachment 6.1-2 TTDS 3-2
Rubber gear ring 6.4-11 Twin lift 2-6
Twin lift spreaders 5-1
S Twinlift box 6.4-15
Sensor 6.4-3, 6.4-16 Twinlift cylinder 6.4-15
Sensor plate 6.4-9 Twinlift unit twistlocks 6.4-1, 6.4-16
Sensor plug 6.4-9 Twinlift units 6.4-1, 6.4-15
Separating inner attachment 2-6 Twistlock 2-1, 2-2, 2-4, 6.1-3,
Serial no. 7-1 Twistlock a 6.1-4, 6.1-6, 6.1-9,6.4-1
Service notes 4-3, 6.1-4, 9.1 Twistlock assy floating 2-7
Service panel 3-2, 4-1, 4-3 Twistlock cylinder 6.4-2, 6.4-3
Shaft coupling 6.4-11 Twistlock function 5-1
Ship to shore 2-6 Twistlock head 6.4-2
Shock absorbers 2-4 Twistlock housing 2-4, 4-2
Shock relief valves 2-2, 2-5 Twistlock nut 6.4-2
Sight glass 4-1 Twistlock pin 6.1-2, 6.1-3, 6.4-2, 6.4-16
Signal lamps 2-5, 5-1
Slide rails 4-1 U
Solenoid coils 6.5-2 Upper glide plates 6.4-6
Solenoid valves 2-2, 2-5, 4-2 User ID 7-1
Solid flipper arms 2-7
Space heater 3-2 W
Spacer rings 6.4-3 Water side 5-2
Spherical bearing 6.1-6 Weight 3-1
Spherical washer 6.1-3, 6.4-2 Working pressure 3-1, 6.5-2
Split collar twistlocks 3-2
Y
Yard crane spreader 2-5, 2-6, 2-7

Bromma Group Manual
 Bromma Conquip AB 2002
Stockholm 2002

22 STS45eng 00

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

22 STS45eng 00

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bromma Group Manual

Spreader type: STS45 Serial No: 16111- 22

Enduser: China Merchants Colombo CICT

0-1- Feb 03 Rev. 01 Bromma Conquip

1. How to read this Manual

2. Description of the Bromma Group Spreader

6.2 Hydraulic system

9. Service Notes, Feedback

Bromma Conquip 0-2- Feb 03 Rev. 01

1. How to read this Manual

A complete range of fixed length and telescopic spreaders are

Triangle symbol denotes a situation that requires caution.

Prohibitory symbol denotes measures that you must not take.

Mandatory symbol denotes measures that you must take.

Be careful. Hot surface.

Regulation. Remove the main plug.

1-1- April 05 rev. 01 Bromma Conquip

The manual contains vital information for the safety of

DO NOT exeed the Safe Working Load (SWL) of the

The crane controls must be designed in such a way that no

DO NOT change system settings and functions.

Perform a functional test after any maintenance or repair work.

Stay clear of the spreader when in operation.

Stay clear of all moving parts, such as guide arms (flippers),

DO NOT connect or disconnect electrical connectors while

DO NOT tamper with hydraulic pressure settings once

Bromma Conquip 1-2- April 05 rev. 01

DO NOT unlock the spreader while a container is suspended in

Maintain adjustment of all electrical and hydraulic components.

Inspect the spreader for damage daily.

Care must be taken when performing any maintenance inside the

Contact Bromma Conquip AB before doing any repair work on

DO NOT walk or stand beneath the spreader bar during opera-

DO NOT attempt to lift a container that is not level (+/- 5°).

DO NOT crawl beneath a spreader bar for maintenance, repair

NEVER STAND BENEATH A SUSPENDED LOAD.

DO NOT attempt to restrain the movement of a container,

DO NOT stand between a container and any construction that

RISK OF CRUSHING. The STS 45 spreader has a risk of

RISK OF INSTABILITY. The STS45 spreader has the ability

1-3- April 05 rev. 01 Bromma Conquip

instability the crane must be equipped with load cells .

Be sure power is maintained to the lock or unlock solenoid

IF THE SPREADER IS NOT USED AND/OR

Bromma Conquip 1-4- April 05 rev. 01

2 Description of the Bromma Spreader

1 Bromma Conquip 2012-10 Rev. 02

2012-10 Rev. 02 Bromma Conquip 2

3 Bromma Conquip 2012-10 Rev. 02

Directional control Dual pressure system

2012-10 Rev. 02 Bromma Conquip 4

The Adjustable Twinlift System

5 Bromma Conquip 2012-10 Rev. 02

Main Twinlift unit

2012-10 Rev. 02 Bromma Conquip 6

Twin box down: Twin-telescopic mode

Single telescopic mode

Latch Latch cylinder

7 Bromma Conquip 2012-10 Rev. 02

Movable twinlift units

2012-10 Rev. 02 Bromma Conquip 8

Separate twinlift boxes with a vertical movement that enables handling

9 Bromma Conquip 2012-10 Rev. 02